* lisp/calc/calc.el: Silence byte-compiler warnings
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobe3e620c746b4d4fd0a29a46524f987e5c9eb92dc
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22026 25907 631502 692000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22011 58553
69 ;;;;;; 865858 469000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22011 58553
100 ;;;;;; 869858 469000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22011 58554 85858
112 ;;;;;; 469000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22011 58553
242 ;;;;;; 345858 469000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21998 46516 830024 649000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
476 \(fn)" t nil)
478 ;;;***
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22015 55603 653705 321000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
558 \(fn)" nil t)
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586 and many other features.
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
680 Topic Encryption
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
698 signal.
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
729 Extending Allout
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
745 Terminology
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
772 Topic text constituents:
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
838 ;;;***
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21998
841 ;;;;;; 46516 830024 649000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
881 The graphics include:
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
897 ;;;***
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22011 58553 761858
900 ;;;;;; 469000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
919 ;;;***
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
922 ;;;;;; 720000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
952 ;;;***
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21952 37178 110214
955 ;;;;;; 961000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
962 \(fn)" t nil)
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
979 ;;;***
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22011
982 ;;;;;; 58553 873858 469000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1016 ;;;***
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21998 46516 878024
1019 ;;;;;; 649000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1038 ;;;***
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21998 46516 834024
1041 ;;;;;; 649000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1154 ;;;***
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22027 46774 644310
1157 ;;;;;; 591000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1175 ;;;***
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1246 ;;;***
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21906 58826
1249 ;;;;;; 78640 200000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1264 How to submit a bug report
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1345 Settings
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1361 Drawing with keys
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1382 Arrows
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1391 Selecting operation
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1417 Variables
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1442 Hooks
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1447 Keymap summary
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1453 ;;;***
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1456 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1481 ;;;***
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22027
1484 ;;;;;; 46774 676310 591000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1494 ;;;***
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1497 ;;;;;; 725000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1555 ;;;***
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1558 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1566 ;;;***
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21980 16567 365544
1569 ;;;;;; 893000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1605 ;;;***
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21935
1608 ;;;;;; 28080 450075 956000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1657 ;;;***
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21980 16567 365544
1660 ;;;;;; 893000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1746 ;;;***
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21955 13362 292569 401000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1784 ;;;***
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1803 ;;;***
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22026 25907 487502
1806 ;;;;;; 692000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1839 ;;;***
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1876 ;;;***
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22011 58554
1879 ;;;;;; 41858 469000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1918 Special information:
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1968 ;;;***
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1979 ;;;***
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1982 ;;;;;; 720000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2004 ;;;***
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2014 What is blackbox?
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2023 Overview of play:
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2045 Details:
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2124 ;;;***
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22011 58553 109858
2127 ;;;;;; 469000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2318 ;;;***
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21993 28596
2321 ;;;;;; 198597 473000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2367 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2371 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2372 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2374 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2378 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2379 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2380 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2384 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2385 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2386 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2387 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2388 says which browser to use.
2390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2393 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2394 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2395 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2397 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2402 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2409 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2414 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2418 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2423 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2430 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2431 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2432 new tab in an existing window instead.
2434 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2435 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2442 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2444 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2445 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2446 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2449 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2450 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2452 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2453 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2460 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2461 Chromium.
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2468 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2470 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2471 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2472 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2473 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2475 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2476 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2477 new tab in an existing window instead.
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2484 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2506 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point.
2532 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2533 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2534 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2536 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2537 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2538 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2539 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2546 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2550 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2551 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2553 When called interactively, if variable
2554 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2555 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2556 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2557 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2559 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2560 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2561 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2563 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2564 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2570 Default to the URL around or before point.
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2574 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2582 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2583 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2584 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2588 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2591 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2592 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2593 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2594 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2595 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2601 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2602 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2603 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2605 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2606 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2607 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2608 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2610 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2611 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2616 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2617 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2618 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2619 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2620 current one.
2622 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2623 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2624 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2625 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2627 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2628 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2632 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2633 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2634 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2635 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2636 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2637 don't offer a form of remote control.
2639 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2641 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2642 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2643 Default to the URL around or before point.
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2647 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2648 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2649 Default to the URL around the point.
2651 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2652 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2654 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2655 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2657 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2659 ;;;***
2661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21998 46516 834024 649000))
2662 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2663 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2665 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2666 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2667 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2668 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2670 \(fn)" t nil)
2672 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2673 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2674 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2675 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2677 \(fn)" t nil)
2679 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2680 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2682 \(fn)" t nil)
2684 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2685 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2686 \\<bs-mode-map>
2687 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2688 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2689 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2690 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2692 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2693 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2694 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2695 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2696 name of buffer configuration.
2698 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2700 ;;;***
2702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22026 25907 631502
2703 ;;;;;; 692000))
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2706 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2707 Play Bubbles game.
2708 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2709 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2710 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2711 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2712 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2713 columns on its right towards the left.
2715 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2716 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2717 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2718 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2720 \(fn)" t nil)
2722 ;;;***
2724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2725 ;;;;;; (21980 16567 993544 893000))
2726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2728 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2730 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2731 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2738 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2739 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2743 ;;;***
2745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22011
2746 ;;;;;; 58553 361858 469000))
2747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2748 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2749 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2750 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2752 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2754 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2755 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2756 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2757 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2758 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2759 else the global value will be modified.
2761 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2763 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2764 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2765 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2766 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2767 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2768 else the global value will be modified.
2770 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2772 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2773 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2774 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2776 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2778 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2779 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2780 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2781 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2783 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2784 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2785 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2786 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2787 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2788 before scanning it.
2790 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2791 that already has a `.elc' file.
2793 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2794 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2797 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2798 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2799 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2800 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2801 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2803 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2805 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2806 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2807 Print the result in the echo area.
2808 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2812 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2813 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2814 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2816 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2818 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2819 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2820 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2821 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2822 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2823 all functions called by those functions.
2825 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2826 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2827 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2829 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2830 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2831 invoked interactively.
2833 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2835 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2836 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2837 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2838 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2840 \(fn)" nil nil)
2842 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2843 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2844 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2845 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2846 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2847 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2848 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2849 already up-to-date.
2851 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2853 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2854 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2855 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2856 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2858 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2859 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2860 and corresponding effects.
2862 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2864 ;;;***
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2867 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2870 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2872 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2874 ;;;***
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21990 52406
2877 ;;;;;; 468500 385000))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2880 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2882 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2884 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2886 ;;;***
2888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21993
2889 ;;;;;; 28595 970597 473000))
2890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2892 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2893 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2894 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2895 from the cursor position.
2897 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2899 ;;;***
2901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22026 25907 527502 692000))
2902 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2903 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2905 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2910 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2911 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2913 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2915 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2920 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2921 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2922 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2923 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2925 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2927 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2928 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2929 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2930 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2932 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2935 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2936 This is most useful in the X window system.
2937 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2938 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2940 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2942 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2943 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2944 See calc-keypad for details.
2946 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2948 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2949 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2951 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2953 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2954 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2956 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2958 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2959 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2961 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2963 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2964 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2965 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2967 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2969 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2970 Define Calc function.
2972 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2973 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2974 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2976 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2977 actual Lisp function name.
2979 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2981 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2983 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2985 ;;;***
2987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2988 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2989 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2991 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2994 \(fn N)" t nil)
2996 ;;;***
2998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21993 28595 966597
2999 ;;;;;; 473000))
3000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3002 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3003 Run the Emacs calculator.
3004 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3006 \(fn)" t nil)
3008 ;;;***
3010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22026 25907
3011 ;;;;;; 535502 692000))
3012 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3014 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3015 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3016 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3017 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3018 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3019 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3021 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3022 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3023 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3024 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3025 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3026 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3027 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3028 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3029 window.
3031 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3032 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3034 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3035 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3036 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3037 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3038 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3039 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3041 Runs the following hooks:
3043 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3044 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3045 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3046 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3048 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3052 ;;;***
3054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21852 24381 567240
3055 ;;;;;; 49000))
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3058 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3059 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3061 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3063 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3064 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3065 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3066 it fails.
3068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3070 ;;;***
3072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22011
3073 ;;;;;; 58553 881858 469000))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3076 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3077 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3079 \(fn)" nil nil)
3081 ;;;***
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21976 19510
3084 ;;;;;; 84430 241000))
3085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3087 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3088 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3090 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3091 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3093 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3094 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3096 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3098 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3099 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3100 made from scratch.
3102 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3105 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3107 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3108 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3109 made from scratch.
3111 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3113 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3114 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3116 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3118 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3119 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3120 made from scratch.
3122 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3124 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3127 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3128 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3129 made from scratch.
3131 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3133 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3134 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3136 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3138 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3139 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3140 made from scratch.
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3147 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3148 variables are guessed:
3150 * `c-basic-offset', and
3151 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3152 `c-offsets-alist'.
3154 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3155 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3157 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3158 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3162 guess is made from scratch.
3164 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3165 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3171 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3172 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3174 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3175 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3176 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3178 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3180 ;;;***
3182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22021 7991
3183 ;;;;;; 65719 83000))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3186 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3187 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3188 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3189 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3190 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3191 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3192 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3194 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3204 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3205 Major mode for editing C code.
3207 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3208 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3209 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3210 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3212 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3214 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3215 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3217 Key bindings:
3218 \\{c-mode-map}
3220 \(fn)" t nil)
3222 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3223 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3224 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3225 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3226 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3227 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3228 message.
3230 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3232 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3233 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3235 Key bindings:
3236 \\{c++-mode-map}
3238 \(fn)" t nil)
3239 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3241 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3242 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3243 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3244 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3245 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3246 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3247 message.
3249 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3251 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3252 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3254 Key bindings:
3255 \\{objc-mode-map}
3257 \(fn)" t nil)
3258 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3260 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3261 Major mode for editing Java code.
3262 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3263 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3264 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3265 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3266 message.
3268 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3270 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3271 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3273 Key bindings:
3274 \\{java-mode-map}
3276 \(fn)" t nil)
3277 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3279 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3280 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3281 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3282 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3283 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3284 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3285 message.
3287 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3290 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3292 Key bindings:
3293 \\{idl-mode-map}
3295 \(fn)" t nil)
3296 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3297 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3299 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3300 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3301 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3302 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3303 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3304 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3305 message.
3307 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3309 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3310 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3312 Key bindings:
3313 \\{pike-mode-map}
3315 \(fn)" t nil)
3316 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3317 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3320 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3322 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3323 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3324 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3325 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3326 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3327 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3329 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3331 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3332 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3334 Key bindings:
3335 \\{awk-mode-map}
3337 \(fn)" t nil)
3339 ;;;***
3341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21976
3342 ;;;;;; 19510 104430 241000))
3343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3345 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3346 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3347 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3348 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3350 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3352 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3353 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3354 might get set too.
3356 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3357 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3358 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3359 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3360 in this way.
3362 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3363 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3364 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3365 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3366 a null operation.
3368 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3370 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3371 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3372 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3373 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3375 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3377 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3378 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3379 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3381 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3383 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3384 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3385 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3386 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3387 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3389 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3391 ;;;***
3393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22011 58553
3394 ;;;;;; 885858 469000))
3395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3396 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3397 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3398 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3400 ;;;***
3402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21998 46517 74024
3403 ;;;;;; 649000))
3404 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3406 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3407 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3409 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3411 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3412 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3414 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3416 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3417 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3419 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3420 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3421 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3422 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3423 execution.
3425 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3427 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3429 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3430 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3432 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3433 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3434 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3435 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3437 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3438 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3439 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3440 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3441 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3442 `write' commands.
3444 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3445 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3446 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3447 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3449 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3450 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3451 semantics.
3453 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3455 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3457 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3459 STATEMENT :=
3460 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3461 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3463 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3464 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3465 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3466 | integer
3468 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3470 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3471 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3472 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3474 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3475 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3476 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3478 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3480 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3481 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3482 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3483 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3484 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3485 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3486 ;; last STATEMENT.
3487 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3489 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3490 BREAK := (break)
3492 REPEAT :=
3493 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3494 (repeat)
3495 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3496 ;; (repeat))
3497 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3498 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3499 ;; (read REG)
3500 ;; (repeat))
3501 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3502 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3503 ;; (read REG)
3504 ;; (repeat))
3505 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3507 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3508 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3509 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3510 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3511 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3512 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3513 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3514 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3515 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3516 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3517 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3518 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3519 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3520 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3521 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3522 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3524 WRITE :=
3525 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3526 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3527 ;; representation.
3528 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3529 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3530 ;; (write r7))
3531 | (write EXPRESSION)
3532 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3533 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3534 ;; representation.
3535 | (write integer)
3536 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3537 ;; buffer.
3538 | (write string)
3539 ;; Same as: (write string)
3540 | string
3541 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3542 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3543 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3544 ;; representation.
3545 | (write REG ARRAY)
3546 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3547 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3548 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3549 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3550 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3551 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3553 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3554 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3556 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3557 END := (end)
3559 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3560 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3561 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3563 ARG := REG | integer
3565 OPERATOR :=
3566 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3567 + | - | * | / | %
3569 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3570 | & | `|' | ^
3572 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3573 | << | >>
3575 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3576 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3577 | <8
3579 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3580 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3581 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3582 | >8
3584 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3585 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3586 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3587 | //
3589 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3590 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3592 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3593 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3594 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3595 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3596 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3597 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3598 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3599 | de-sjis
3601 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3602 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3603 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3604 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3605 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3606 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3607 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3608 ;; byte of SJIS.
3609 | en-sjis
3611 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3612 ;; Same meaning as C code
3613 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3615 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3616 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3617 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3618 | <8=
3620 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3621 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3622 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3624 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3625 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3626 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3627 | //=
3629 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3632 TRANSLATE :=
3633 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3634 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3635 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3636 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3637 ;; respectively.
3638 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3639 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3640 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3641 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3643 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3644 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3645 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3647 LOOKUP :=
3648 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3649 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3650 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3651 ;; respectively.
3652 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3653 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3654 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3656 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3657 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3658 ;; REG.
3659 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3660 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3661 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3663 MAP :=
3664 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3665 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3666 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3667 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3669 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3670 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3671 MAP-ID := integer
3673 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3675 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3677 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3678 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3679 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3680 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3681 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3682 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3684 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3686 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3687 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3688 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3690 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3692 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3694 ;;;***
3696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22026 25907
3697 ;;;;;; 559502 692000))
3698 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3700 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3701 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3702 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3703 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3705 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3707 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3709 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3710 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3712 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3714 ;;;***
3716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3717 ;;;;;; 725000))
3718 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3719 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3721 ;;;***
3723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22011 58553
3724 ;;;;;; 889858 469000))
3725 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3726 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3728 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3729 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3730 There are no special keybindings by default.
3732 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3733 to the action header.
3735 \(fn)" t nil)
3737 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3738 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3739 There are no special keybindings by default.
3741 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3742 to the action header.
3744 \(fn)" t nil)
3746 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3747 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3749 \(fn)" t nil)
3751 ;;;***
3753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (21973
3754 ;;;;;; 43315 242113 285000))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3757 (defvar character-fold-search nil "\
3758 Non-nil if searches should fold similar characters.
3759 This means some characters will match entire groups of characters.
3760 For instance, \" will match all variants of double quotes, and
3761 the letter a will match all of its accented versions (and then
3762 some).")
3764 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3765 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3766 If `character-fold-search' is nil, `regexp-quote' string.
3767 Otherwise, any character in STRING that has an entry in
3768 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3769 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3770 If LAX is non-nil, any single whitespace character is allowed to
3771 match any number of times.
3773 \(fn STRING &optional LAX)" nil nil)
3775 ;;;***
3777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21998 46516
3778 ;;;;;; 978024 649000))
3779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3780 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3782 ;;;***
3784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3785 ;;;;;; (22011 58553 361858 469000))
3786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3788 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3789 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3790 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3792 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3794 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3795 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3796 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3798 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3800 ;;;***
3802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22002
3803 ;;;;;; 43570 516887 749000))
3804 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3805 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3806 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3807 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3808 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3809 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3810 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3811 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3812 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3813 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3816 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3818 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3819 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3820 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3822 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3823 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3824 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3825 the users will view as each check is completed.
3827 \(fn)" t nil)
3829 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3830 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3831 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3832 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3833 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3834 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3835 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3836 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3838 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3840 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3841 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3842 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3843 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3844 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3845 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3846 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3847 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3849 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3852 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3853 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3854 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3855 spacing are all verified.
3857 \(fn)" t nil)
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3860 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3861 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3862 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3863 otherwise stop after the first error.
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3868 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3870 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3872 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3873 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3874 Only documentation strings are checked.
3875 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3876 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3877 a separate buffer.
3879 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3882 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3883 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3884 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3885 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3887 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3889 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3890 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3891 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3892 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3893 if there is one.
3895 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3897 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3898 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3899 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3900 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3901 if there is one.
3902 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3904 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3907 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3908 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3910 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3912 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3913 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3914 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3915 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3916 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3918 \(fn)" t nil)
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3921 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3922 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3923 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3924 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3925 space at the end of each line.
3927 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3929 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3930 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3931 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3932 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3934 \(fn)" t nil)
3936 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3937 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3938 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3939 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3941 \(fn)" t nil)
3943 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3944 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3945 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3946 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3948 \(fn)" t nil)
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3951 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3952 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3953 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3955 \(fn)" t nil)
3957 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3958 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3959 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3960 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3962 \(fn)" t nil)
3964 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3965 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3966 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3967 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3969 \(fn)" t nil)
3971 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3972 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3973 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3974 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3976 \(fn)" t nil)
3978 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3979 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3980 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3981 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3983 \(fn)" t nil)
3985 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3986 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3987 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3988 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3990 \(fn)" t nil)
3992 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3993 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3994 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3995 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3996 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3998 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3999 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4000 checking of documentation strings.
4002 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4004 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4006 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4007 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4009 \(fn)" t nil)
4011 ;;;***
4013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
4014 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
4015 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4017 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4018 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4019 Return the length of resulting text.
4021 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4023 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4024 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4026 \(fn)" t nil)
4028 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4029 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4030 Return the length of resulting text.
4032 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4034 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4035 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4037 \(fn)" t nil)
4039 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4042 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4044 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4047 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4049 ;;;***
4051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
4052 ;;;;;; 725000))
4053 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4055 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4056 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4057 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4058 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4059 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4060 editing and the result is evaluated.
4062 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4064 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4065 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4066 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4067 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4068 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4070 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4072 \(fn)" t nil)
4074 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4075 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4076 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4077 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4078 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4080 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4081 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4082 \\{command-history-map}
4084 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4085 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4087 \(fn)" t nil)
4089 ;;;***
4091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21901
4092 ;;;;;; 9907 369083 895000))
4093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4095 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4096 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4097 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4098 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4099 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4100 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4101 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4102 of this function.
4104 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4105 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4106 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4107 property are:
4109 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4110 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4112 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4113 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4114 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4115 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4116 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4117 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4118 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4119 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4120 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4121 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4122 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4123 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4125 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4126 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4127 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4129 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4130 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4131 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4132 list elements are:
4134 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4136 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4138 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4140 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4141 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4143 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4144 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4146 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4147 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4148 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4149 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4150 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4151 value specified by their associated list element.
4153 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4155 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4156 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4157 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4159 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4160 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4161 * indent the first argument by 4.
4162 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4163 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4164 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4166 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4167 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4168 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4169 instead.
4171 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4173 ;;;***
4175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21903 51634
4176 ;;;;;; 278370 580000))
4177 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4178 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4180 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4182 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4183 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4184 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4185 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4186 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4187 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4189 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4190 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4192 ;;;***
4194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22026 25907
4195 ;;;;;; 631502 692000))
4196 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4198 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4199 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4200 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4201 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4203 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4204 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4205 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4206 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4208 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4209 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4211 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4213 ;;;***
4215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22011 58553 281858
4216 ;;;;;; 469000))
4217 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4219 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4220 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4221 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4222 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4223 of `scheme-program-name').
4224 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4225 it is given as initial input.
4226 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4227 discards input when it starts up.
4228 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4229 is run).
4230 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4232 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4234 ;;;***
4236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22026 25907 555502 692000))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4239 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4240 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4241 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4242 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4244 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4245 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4247 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4248 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4249 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4251 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4253 ;;;***
4255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22011 58553 293858 469000))
4256 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4258 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4259 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4260 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4261 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4262 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4263 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4264 functions have already modified the buffer.
4266 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4268 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4269 either globally or locally.")
4271 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4272 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4273 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4274 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4276 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4277 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4278 `start-file-process'
4279 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4280 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4281 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4283 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4284 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4286 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4288 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4290 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4292 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4293 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4294 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4295 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4296 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4297 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4298 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4299 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4300 process as its initial input.
4302 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4304 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4306 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4308 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4309 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4310 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4311 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4312 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4313 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4315 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4317 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4319 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4320 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4321 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4322 directory tracking functions.")
4324 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4325 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4326 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4328 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4330 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4332 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4333 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4334 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4336 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4338 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4340 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4341 Send COMMAND to current process.
4342 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4343 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4345 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4347 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4348 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4349 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4350 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4352 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4354 ;;;***
4356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21872 61770
4357 ;;;;;; 310089 300000))
4358 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4360 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4361 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4362 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4363 to get another window.
4365 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4366 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4368 This command pushes the mark in each window
4369 at the prior location of point in that window.
4370 If both windows display the same buffer,
4371 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4372 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4374 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4375 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4376 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4377 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4378 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4379 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4380 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4381 ignored.
4383 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4384 this command work in interlaced mode:
4385 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4386 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4387 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4389 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4391 ;;;***
4393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22015 55603
4394 ;;;;;; 789705 321000))
4395 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4397 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4398 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4400 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4402 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4403 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4404 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4406 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4408 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4409 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4410 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4412 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4414 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4415 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4416 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4417 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4418 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4420 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4421 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4422 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4423 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4424 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4426 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4427 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4428 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4429 describing how the process finished.")
4431 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4432 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4433 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4434 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4435 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4437 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4438 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4439 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4443 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4444 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4445 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4446 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4448 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4450 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4451 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4453 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4454 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4456 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4457 (lambda ()
4458 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4459 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4460 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4461 (concat \"make -k \"
4462 (if buffer-file-name
4463 (shell-quote-argument
4464 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4466 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4467 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4469 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4470 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4471 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4472 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4474 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4476 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4477 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4478 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4479 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4481 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4482 and move to the source code that caused it.
4484 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4485 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4487 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4488 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4489 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4490 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4491 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4493 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4494 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4495 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4496 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4498 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4499 kills its subprocesses.
4501 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4502 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4503 to a function that generates a unique name.
4505 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4507 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4508 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4509 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4510 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4512 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4513 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4515 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4516 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4517 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4518 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4520 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4521 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4522 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4524 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4526 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4528 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4529 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4530 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4531 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4532 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4534 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4536 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4538 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4540 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4542 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4543 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4544 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4545 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4546 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4548 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4549 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4550 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4551 See `compilation-mode'.
4553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4555 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4556 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4557 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4558 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4559 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4561 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4562 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4563 `compilation-mode'.
4565 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4567 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4568 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4569 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4571 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4573 ;;;***
4575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21804 59688 154807
4576 ;;;;;; 989000))
4577 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4579 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4580 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4581 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4582 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4583 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4584 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4586 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4588 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4589 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4591 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4592 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4596 ;;;***
4598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22026
4599 ;;;;;; 25907 647502 692000))
4600 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4602 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4603 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4604 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4605 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4606 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4607 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4608 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4610 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4611 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4612 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4614 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4615 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4616 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4618 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4619 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4620 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4621 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4623 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4624 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4625 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4626 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4627 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4628 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4629 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4631 \\{conf-mode-map}
4633 \(fn)" t nil)
4635 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4636 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4637 Comments start with `#'.
4638 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4640 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4642 \[Desktop Entry]
4643 Encoding=UTF-8
4644 Name=The GIMP
4645 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4646 Name[cs]=GIMP
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4650 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4651 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4652 Comments start with `;'.
4653 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4655 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4657 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4658 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4659 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4661 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4662 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4664 \(fn)" t nil)
4666 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4667 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4668 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4669 between `/*' and `*/'.
4670 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4672 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4673 // another kind of comment
4674 /* yet another */
4676 name:value
4677 name=value
4678 name value
4679 x.1 =
4680 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4681 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4685 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4686 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4687 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4688 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4689 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4690 `conf-space-keywords'.
4691 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4692 in an interactive fashion instead.
4694 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4696 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4698 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4699 image/png png
4700 image/tiff tiff tif
4702 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4703 class desktop
4704 # Standard multimedia devices
4705 add /dev/audio desktop
4706 add /dev/mixer desktop
4708 \(fn)" t nil)
4710 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4711 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4712 See `conf-space-mode'.
4714 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4716 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4717 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4718 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4719 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4721 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4723 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4724 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4726 \(fn)" t nil)
4728 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4729 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4730 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4731 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4733 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4735 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4736 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4738 \(fn)" t nil)
4740 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4741 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4742 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4743 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4745 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4747 *background: gray99
4748 *foreground: black
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4752 ;;;***
4754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4755 ;;;;;; 720000))
4756 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4758 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4759 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4760 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4761 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4762 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4763 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4765 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4767 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4768 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4769 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4770 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4772 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4774 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4775 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4776 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4777 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4779 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4781 ;;;***
4783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22026
4784 ;;;;;; 25907 575502 692000))
4785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4786 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4787 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4788 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4790 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4791 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4792 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4793 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4794 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4795 following the copyright are updated as well.
4796 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4797 interactively.
4799 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4801 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4802 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4803 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4804 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4805 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4807 \(fn)" t nil)
4809 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4810 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4812 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4814 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4815 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4816 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4818 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4820 ;;;***
4822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22011
4823 ;;;;;; 58553 893858 469000))
4824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4825 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4826 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4827 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4828 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4829 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4830 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4831 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4833 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4834 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4835 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4836 Tab indents for Perl code.
4837 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4838 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4840 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4841 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4842 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4843 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4844 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4845 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4846 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4847 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4848 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4849 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4850 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4851 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4853 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4855 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4856 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4858 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4860 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4861 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4862 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4863 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4864 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4865 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4866 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4867 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4868 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4870 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4872 bite if angry;
4874 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4875 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4876 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4877 to nil.)
4879 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4880 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4881 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4883 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4885 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4886 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4887 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4888 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4889 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4891 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4893 if (A) { B }
4895 into
4897 B if A;
4899 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4901 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4902 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4903 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4904 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4905 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4906 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4907 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4908 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4909 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4910 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4911 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4912 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4913 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4915 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4916 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4917 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4918 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4919 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4920 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4922 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4923 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4924 man via menu.
4926 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4927 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4928 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4929 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4930 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4932 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4933 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4934 span the needed amount of lines.
4936 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4937 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4938 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4939 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4941 Variables controlling indentation style:
4942 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4943 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4944 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4945 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4946 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4947 `cperl-auto-newline'
4948 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4949 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4950 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4951 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4952 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4953 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4954 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4955 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4956 `cperl-indent-level'
4957 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4958 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4959 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4960 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4961 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4962 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4963 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4964 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4965 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4966 `cperl-brace-offset'
4967 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4968 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4969 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4970 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4971 `cperl-label-offset'
4972 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4973 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4974 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4976 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4977 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4978 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4979 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4980 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4981 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4983 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4984 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4985 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4986 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4988 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4989 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4990 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4991 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4992 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4993 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4994 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4996 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4997 column 0 is indented on
4998 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5000 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5001 with no args.
5003 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5004 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5005 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5007 \(fn)" t nil)
5009 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5010 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5012 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5014 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5015 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5017 \(fn)" t nil)
5019 ;;;***
5021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21988 10682 33624
5022 ;;;;;; 461000))
5023 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5025 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5026 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5027 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5028 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5029 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5031 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5033 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5034 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5036 \(fn)" t nil)
5038 ;;;***
5040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21980 16567 501544
5041 ;;;;;; 893000))
5042 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5044 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5045 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5046 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5047 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5048 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5049 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5050 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5051 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5053 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5054 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5056 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5057 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5058 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5060 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5061 with empty strings removed.
5063 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5065 ;;;***
5067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22014 34736
5068 ;;;;;; 811840 613000))
5069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5071 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5072 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5074 \(fn)" t nil)
5075 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5077 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5078 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5080 \(fn)" t nil)
5082 ;;;***
5084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21990 52406
5085 ;;;;;; 528500 385000))
5086 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5088 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5089 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5090 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5091 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5092 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5093 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5095 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5097 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5098 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5099 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5100 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5101 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5103 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5104 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5105 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5106 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5107 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5108 normal function of these prefix keys.
5110 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5111 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5112 options:
5113 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5114 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5115 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5117 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5118 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5119 the prefix fallback behavior.
5121 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5123 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5124 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5126 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5128 ;;;***
5130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5131 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5134 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5135 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5136 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5138 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5140 ;;;***
5142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5143 ;;;;;; (21804 59688 154807 989000))
5144 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5146 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5147 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5151 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5152 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5153 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5154 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5155 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5156 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5157 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5161 ;;;***
5163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21993 28596 22597
5164 ;;;;;; 473000))
5165 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5167 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5168 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5170 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5172 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5173 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5175 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5177 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5178 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5180 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5182 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5183 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5185 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5186 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5188 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5189 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5191 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5193 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5195 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5196 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5197 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5199 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5200 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5202 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5203 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5205 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5206 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5208 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5210 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5212 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5213 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5214 Return VALUE.
5216 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5217 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5219 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5220 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5222 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5223 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5225 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5227 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5229 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5230 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5231 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5232 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5234 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5235 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5236 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5238 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5240 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5241 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5242 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5243 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5244 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5246 \(fn)" t nil)
5248 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5249 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5250 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5251 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5253 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5255 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5256 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5257 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5259 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5261 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5262 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5264 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5266 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5268 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5269 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5271 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5273 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5275 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5276 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5277 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5279 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5281 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5282 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5283 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5284 as part of Emacs itself.
5286 Each elements looks like this:
5288 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5290 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5291 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5292 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5293 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5294 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5295 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5296 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5297 and `defface'.
5299 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5301 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5302 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5303 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5304 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5305 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5307 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5308 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5309 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5310 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5312 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5314 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5315 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5316 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5317 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5318 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5319 release.
5321 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5322 that were added or redefined since that version.
5324 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5326 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5327 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5328 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5329 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5331 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5333 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5334 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5336 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5338 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5339 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5340 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5342 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5343 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5345 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5347 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5350 \(fn)" t nil)
5352 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5355 \(fn)" t nil)
5357 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5358 Customize all saved options and faces.
5360 \(fn)" t nil)
5362 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5363 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5364 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5365 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5366 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5367 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5369 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5370 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5371 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5373 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5375 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5376 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5378 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5380 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5381 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5383 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5385 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5386 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5388 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5390 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5391 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5392 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5393 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5395 \(fn)" nil nil)
5397 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5398 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5399 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5400 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5401 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5402 that option.
5403 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5405 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5407 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5408 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5409 The result includes selecting that window.
5410 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5411 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5412 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5413 that option.
5415 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5417 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5418 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5420 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5422 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5423 File used for storing customization information.
5424 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5425 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5426 it should be an absolute file name.
5428 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5429 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5430 something like the following in your init file:
5432 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5433 \(load custom-file)
5435 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5436 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5438 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5439 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5440 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5441 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5442 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5444 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5445 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5446 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5447 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5448 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5449 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5450 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5451 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5452 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5453 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5455 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5457 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5458 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5460 \(fn)" nil nil)
5462 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5463 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5465 \(fn)" t nil)
5467 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5468 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5469 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5471 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5473 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5474 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5475 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5476 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5477 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5479 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5481 ;;;***
5483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21998 46516 910024
5484 ;;;;;; 649000))
5485 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5487 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5488 Create or edit a custom theme.
5489 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5490 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5491 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5492 from the Custom save file.
5493 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5494 named *Custom Theme*.
5496 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5498 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5499 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5501 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5503 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5504 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5506 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5508 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5509 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5510 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5511 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5513 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5515 ;;;***
5517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22026 25907
5518 ;;;;;; 671502 692000))
5519 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5521 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5522 Mode used for cvs status output.
5524 \(fn)" t nil)
5526 ;;;***
5528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5529 ;;;;;; 720000))
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5531 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5533 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5534 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5536 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5538 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5539 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5540 C++ modes are included.
5542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5543 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5544 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5548 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5550 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5551 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5552 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5553 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5554 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5555 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5557 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5559 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5560 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5561 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5562 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5563 ARG is omitted or nil.
5565 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5566 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5567 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5571 ;;;***
5573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5574 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5575 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5577 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5578 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5580 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5582 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5583 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5585 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5587 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5588 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5589 For readability, the table is slightly
5590 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5592 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5593 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5594 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5595 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5596 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5598 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5600 ;;;***
5602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22011 58553 321858
5603 ;;;;;; 469000))
5604 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5605 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5606 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5607 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5608 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5610 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5611 Completion on current word.
5612 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5613 and presents suggestions for completion.
5615 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5616 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5617 completions.
5619 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5620 then it searches *all* buffers.
5622 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5624 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5625 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5627 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5628 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5629 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5630 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5631 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5633 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5634 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5636 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5637 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5638 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5640 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5641 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5643 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5645 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5647 ;;;***
5649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21974 64192
5650 ;;;;;; 556009 993000))
5651 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5653 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5654 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5656 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5658 ;;;***
5660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22011 58553 761858 469000))
5661 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5663 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5664 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5665 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5666 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5667 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5669 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5671 ;;;***
5673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22011 58553
5674 ;;;;;; 897858 469000))
5675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5677 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5678 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5680 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5681 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5682 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5684 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5685 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5686 Data lines are not indented.
5688 Key bindings:
5690 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5691 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5693 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5694 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5695 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5696 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5698 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5700 dcl-basic-offset
5701 Extra indentation within blocks.
5703 dcl-continuation-offset
5704 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5706 dcl-margin-offset
5707 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5709 dcl-margin-label-offset
5710 Indentation for a label.
5712 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5713 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5715 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5716 dcl-block-end-regexp
5717 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5718 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5719 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5720 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5721 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5723 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5724 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5725 Two such functions are included in the package:
5726 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5727 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5729 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5730 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5731 One such function is included in the package:
5732 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5734 dcl-tab-always-indent
5735 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5736 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5737 margin.
5739 dcl-electric-characters
5740 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5741 typed.
5743 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5744 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5745 which words trigger electric indentation.
5747 dcl-tempo-comma
5748 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5749 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5750 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5752 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5753 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5754 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5755 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5757 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5758 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5759 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5760 dcl-imenu-label-call
5761 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5763 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5764 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5765 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5766 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5769 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5771 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5772 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5773 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5774 $ i = 1
5775 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5776 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5777 $ label:
5778 $ if i.eq.1
5779 $ then
5780 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5781 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5782 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5783 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5784 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5785 \"lined up with the command line\"
5786 $ type sys$input
5787 Data lines are not indented at all.
5788 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5789 $ endif
5793 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5794 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5796 \(fn)" t nil)
5798 ;;;***
5800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21918 44225
5801 ;;;;;; 955204 84000))
5802 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5804 (setq debugger 'debug)
5806 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5807 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5808 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5809 of the evaluator.
5811 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5812 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5813 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5815 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5817 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5818 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5820 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5822 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5823 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5824 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5825 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5826 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5827 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5829 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5830 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5832 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5834 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5835 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5836 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5837 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5838 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5840 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5842 ;;;***
5844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21948 40114
5845 ;;;;;; 398686 453000))
5846 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5848 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5849 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5851 \(fn)" t nil)
5853 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5854 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5855 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5856 Upper-case letters are commands.
5858 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5859 modify it.
5861 The most useful commands are:
5862 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5863 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5864 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5865 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5866 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5867 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5869 \(fn)" t nil)
5871 ;;;***
5873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21980 16567 477544
5874 ;;;;;; 893000))
5875 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5876 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5878 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5879 Customization of `columns' group.
5881 \(fn)" t nil)
5883 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5884 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5886 START and END delimits the text region.
5888 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5890 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5891 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5893 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5895 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5897 ;;;***
5899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21973 43315 242113 285000))
5900 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5902 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5904 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5905 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5906 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5908 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5909 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5911 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5913 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5914 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5915 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5916 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5917 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5919 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5920 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5921 point regardless of any selection.
5923 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5925 ;;;***
5927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21978 61237
5928 ;;;;;; 450488 269000))
5929 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5931 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5932 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5934 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5936 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5937 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5938 or nil if there is no parent.
5939 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5940 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5941 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5942 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5943 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5945 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5946 arguments are currently understood:
5947 :group GROUP
5948 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5949 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5950 :syntax-table TABLE
5951 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5952 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5953 :abbrev-table TABLE
5954 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5955 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5957 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5959 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5961 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5962 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5963 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5965 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5966 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5968 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5969 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5970 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5972 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5973 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5975 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5976 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5978 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5980 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5982 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5984 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5986 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5987 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5988 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5989 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5990 the first time the mode is used.
5992 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5994 ;;;***
5996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21998 46516 914024
5997 ;;;;;; 649000))
5998 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6000 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6001 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6002 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6003 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6004 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6005 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6006 otherwise.
6008 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6010 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6011 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6012 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6013 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6015 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6016 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6017 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6019 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6020 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6021 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6022 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6023 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6024 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6025 relevant to POS.
6027 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6029 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6030 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6032 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6033 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6034 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6035 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6036 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6037 minibuffer window for width limit.
6039 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6040 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6042 \(fn)" nil nil)
6044 ;;;***
6046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22026 25907 555502
6047 ;;;;;; 692000))
6048 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6050 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6051 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6052 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6053 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6054 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6055 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6057 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6059 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6060 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6061 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6062 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6063 is omitted or nil.
6065 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6066 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6067 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6068 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6070 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6071 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6073 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6074 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6076 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6078 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6082 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6083 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6084 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6085 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6087 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6089 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6090 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6092 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6093 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6094 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6096 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6097 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6099 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6100 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6101 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6103 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6104 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6105 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6106 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6108 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6110 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6111 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6113 Handlers are called with argument list
6115 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6117 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6119 `desktop-file-version'
6120 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6121 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6122 `desktop-buffer-point'
6123 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6124 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6125 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6127 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6128 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6130 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6131 code like
6133 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6135 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6136 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6138 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6139 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6140 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6142 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6144 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6145 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6146 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6147 List elements must have the form
6149 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6151 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6152 function.
6154 Handlers are called with argument list
6156 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6158 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6160 `desktop-file-version'
6161 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6162 `desktop-buffer-name'
6163 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6164 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6165 `desktop-buffer-point'
6166 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6167 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6168 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6170 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6171 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6172 created and set.
6174 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6175 code like
6177 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6179 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6180 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6182 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6183 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6184 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6186 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6188 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6190 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6191 Empty the Desktop.
6192 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6193 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6194 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6195 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6196 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6197 if different).
6199 \(fn)" t nil)
6201 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6202 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6203 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6204 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6205 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6206 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6207 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6209 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6211 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6212 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6213 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6215 \(fn)" t nil)
6217 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6218 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6219 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6220 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6221 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6222 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6223 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6224 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6226 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6228 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6229 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6230 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6232 \(fn)" nil nil)
6234 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6236 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6237 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6238 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6239 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6240 directory DIRNAME.
6242 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6244 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6245 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6247 \(fn)" t nil)
6249 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6250 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6252 \(fn)" t nil)
6254 ;;;***
6256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21855 576 877944
6257 ;;;;;; 285000))
6258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6260 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6261 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6262 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6263 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6264 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6265 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6267 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6269 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6270 Repair a broken attribution line.
6271 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6273 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6275 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6276 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6277 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6278 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6280 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6282 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6283 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6285 \(fn)" t nil)
6287 ;;;***
6289 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22026
6290 ;;;;;; 25907 547502 692000))
6291 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6293 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6294 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6295 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6296 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6297 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6301 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6302 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6303 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6304 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6306 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6307 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6308 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6309 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6311 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6312 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6314 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6315 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6316 calendar-date-style 'european
6317 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6319 \(diary-mail-entries)
6321 # diary-rem.el ends here
6323 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6325 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6326 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6328 \(fn)" t nil)
6330 ;;;***
6332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21804 59688 284811 0))
6333 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6335 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6336 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6338 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6340 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6341 The command to use to run diff.")
6343 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6345 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6346 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6347 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6348 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6349 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6350 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6352 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6353 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6354 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6356 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6358 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6359 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6360 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6361 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6362 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6363 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6365 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6367 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6368 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6370 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6372 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6373 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6374 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6376 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6378 ;;;***
6380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22011 58554
6381 ;;;;;; 89858 469000))
6382 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6384 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6385 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6386 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6387 normal diffs.
6389 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6390 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6391 headers for you on-the-fly.
6393 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6394 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6395 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6397 \\{diff-mode-map}
6399 \(fn)" t nil)
6401 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6402 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6403 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6404 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6405 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6407 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6411 ;;;***
6413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6414 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6416 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6417 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6418 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6420 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6422 ;;;***
6424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21998 46624 946024 649000))
6425 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6427 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6428 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6429 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6430 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6431 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6432 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6433 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6434 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6436 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6438 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6439 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6440 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6441 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6442 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6443 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6445 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6446 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6447 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6448 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6450 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6451 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6453 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6454 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6455 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6456 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6457 listing have no effect.
6459 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6460 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6461 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6463 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6465 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6466 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6468 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6469 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6471 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6472 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6474 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6475 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6477 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6479 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6480 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6482 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6484 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6485 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6486 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6487 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6488 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6489 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6490 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6491 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6492 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6493 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6494 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6495 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6496 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6497 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6498 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6499 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6500 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6501 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6502 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6503 to see why something went wrong.
6504 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6505 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6506 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6507 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6508 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6509 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6510 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6511 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6512 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6513 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6514 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6515 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6516 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6518 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6519 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6520 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6521 again for the directory tree.
6523 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6524 for more info):
6526 `dired-listing-switches'
6527 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6528 `dired-marker-char'
6529 `dired-del-marker'
6530 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6531 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6532 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6533 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6535 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6537 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6538 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6539 `dired-mode-hook'
6540 `dired-load-hook'
6542 Keybindings:
6543 \\{dired-mode-map}
6545 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6546 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6548 ;;;***
6550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21981 37426 531399
6551 ;;;;;; 97000))
6552 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6554 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6555 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6557 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6558 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6560 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6561 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6562 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6564 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6565 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6566 directory.
6568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6570 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6571 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6572 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6573 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6574 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6575 from `default-directory'.
6577 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6579 ;;;***
6581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21993 28596
6582 ;;;;;; 58597 473000))
6583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6585 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6586 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6587 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6588 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6589 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6590 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6592 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6594 ;;;***
6596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21981 37426 535399
6597 ;;;;;; 97000))
6598 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6600 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6601 Return a new, empty display table.
6603 \(fn)" nil nil)
6605 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6606 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6607 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6608 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6609 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6611 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6613 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6614 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6615 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6616 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6617 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6619 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6621 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6622 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6624 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6626 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6627 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6629 \(fn)" t nil)
6631 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6632 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6634 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6635 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6637 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6638 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6639 byte.
6641 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6642 in the default way after this call.
6644 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6646 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6647 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6649 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6651 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6652 Display character C using printable string S.
6654 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6656 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6657 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6658 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6659 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6661 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6663 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6664 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6665 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6666 X frame.
6668 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6670 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6671 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6673 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6675 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6676 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6678 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6680 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6681 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6683 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6685 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6686 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6688 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6690 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6691 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6693 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6695 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6696 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6698 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6699 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6701 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6702 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6704 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6705 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6706 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6707 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6709 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6710 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6711 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6712 in `.emacs'.
6714 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6716 ;;;***
6718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6719 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6720 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6722 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6723 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6724 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6725 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6726 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6727 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6728 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6729 Default is 2.
6731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6733 ;;;***
6735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22026 25907 555502 692000))
6736 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6738 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6739 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6740 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6741 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6742 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6743 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6744 private or ask).
6745 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6746 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6747 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6748 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6749 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6751 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6753 ;;;***
6755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6756 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6757 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6759 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6760 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6761 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6762 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6763 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6764 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6765 table and its own syntax table.
6767 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6769 \(fn)" t nil)
6770 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6772 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6773 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6775 \(fn)" t nil)
6777 ;;;***
6779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21716 41663 456033
6780 ;;;;;; 27000))
6781 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6783 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6784 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6785 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6786 OpenDocument format).
6788 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6790 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6791 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6793 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6794 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6796 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6797 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6798 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6800 \(fn)" t nil)
6802 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6803 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6804 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6805 to the next best mode.
6807 \(fn)" nil nil)
6809 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6810 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6811 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6812 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6813 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6815 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6819 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6822 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6824 ;;;***
6826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22011 58553 865858
6827 ;;;;;; 469000))
6828 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6830 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6831 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6833 \(fn)" t nil)
6835 ;;;***
6837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21953 58033 239058 929000))
6838 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6840 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6841 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6842 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6843 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6844 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6846 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6847 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6851 ;;;***
6853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21980 16567 965544
6854 ;;;;;; 893000))
6855 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6856 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6858 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6859 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6861 \(fn)" t nil)
6863 ;;;***
6865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22011
6866 ;;;;;; 58553 361858 469000))
6867 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6869 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6871 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6872 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6873 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6874 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6875 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6877 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6878 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6879 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6880 and disables it otherwise.
6882 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6883 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6884 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6885 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6887 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6888 documenting what its argument does.
6890 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6891 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6892 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6893 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6894 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6895 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6896 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6897 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6899 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6900 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6901 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6902 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6903 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6904 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6905 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6906 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6907 the minor mode is global):
6909 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6910 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6911 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6912 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6913 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6914 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6915 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6916 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6917 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6918 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6919 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6920 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6921 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6922 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6923 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6924 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6925 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6926 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6927 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6928 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6929 in :variable).
6931 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6932 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6934 For example, you could write
6935 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6936 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6937 ...BODY CODE...)
6939 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6941 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6943 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6945 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6947 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6949 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6950 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6951 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6952 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6953 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6954 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6955 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6956 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6957 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6958 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6959 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6960 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6962 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6963 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6964 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6965 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6966 call another major mode in their body.
6968 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6969 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6970 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6972 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6974 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6976 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6977 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6978 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6979 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6980 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6981 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6982 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6984 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6986 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6987 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6988 :inherit Parent keymap.
6989 :group Ignored.
6990 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6991 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6993 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6995 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6996 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6997 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6998 the constant's documentation.
7000 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7002 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7003 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7004 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7006 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7008 ;;;***
7010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
7011 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
7012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7014 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7015 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7016 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7017 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7019 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7020 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7021 as a top-level menu bar item.
7023 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7024 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7025 pairs:
7027 :filter FUNCTION
7028 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7029 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7030 items to actually display.
7032 :visible INCLUDE
7033 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7034 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7035 alias for `:visible'.
7037 :active ENABLE
7038 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7039 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7040 an alias for `:active'.
7042 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7043 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7045 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7047 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7049 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7050 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7052 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7053 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7055 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7057 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7059 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7060 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7062 :keys KEYS
7063 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7064 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7065 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7066 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7068 :key-sequence KEYS
7069 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7070 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7071 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7072 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7074 :active ENABLE
7075 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7076 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7077 alias for `:active'.
7079 :visible INCLUDE
7080 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7081 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7082 `:visible'.
7084 :label FORM
7085 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7086 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7088 :suffix FORM
7089 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7090 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7092 :style STYLE
7093 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7094 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7095 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7097 :selected SELECTED
7098 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7099 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7101 :help HELP
7102 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7104 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7105 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7106 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7108 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7109 MENU. This is a submenu.
7111 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7113 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7115 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7118 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7120 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7121 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7122 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7123 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7125 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7127 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7128 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7129 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7130 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7131 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7132 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7134 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7135 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7136 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7138 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7139 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7140 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7142 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7143 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7145 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7147 ;;;***
7149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22011 58553
7150 ;;;;;; 897858 469000))
7151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7152 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7154 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7155 Customization for ebnf group.
7157 \(fn)" t nil)
7159 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7160 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7162 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7164 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7165 processed.
7167 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7169 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7171 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7172 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7174 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7175 killed after process termination.
7177 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7179 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7181 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7182 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7184 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7185 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7186 it to the printer.
7188 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7189 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7190 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7191 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7193 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7195 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7196 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7197 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7199 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7201 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7202 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7204 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7206 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7207 processed.
7209 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7211 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7213 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7214 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7216 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7217 killed after process termination.
7219 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7221 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7223 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7224 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7225 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7226 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7228 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7230 \(fn)" t nil)
7232 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7233 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7234 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7236 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7238 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7240 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7241 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7243 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7245 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7246 processed.
7248 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7250 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7252 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7253 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7255 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7256 killed after EPS generation.
7258 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7260 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7262 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7263 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7265 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7266 The EPS file name has the following form:
7268 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7270 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7271 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7273 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7274 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7275 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7276 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7277 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7279 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7280 files.
7282 \(fn)" t nil)
7284 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7285 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7287 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7288 The EPS file name has the following form:
7290 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7292 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7293 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7295 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7296 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7297 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7298 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7299 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7301 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7302 files.
7304 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7306 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7308 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7309 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7311 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7313 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7314 are processed.
7316 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7318 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7320 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7321 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7323 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7324 killed after syntax checking.
7326 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7328 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7330 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7331 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7333 \(fn)" t nil)
7335 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7336 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7338 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7340 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7341 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7343 \(fn)" nil nil)
7345 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7346 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7348 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7350 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7352 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7353 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7355 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7357 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7360 Delete style NAME.
7362 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7364 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7366 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7367 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7369 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7371 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7373 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7374 Set STYLE as the current style.
7376 Returns the old style symbol.
7378 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7380 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7382 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7383 Reset current style.
7385 Returns the old style symbol.
7387 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7389 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7391 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7392 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7394 Returns the old style symbol.
7396 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7398 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7400 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7402 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7403 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7405 Returns the old style symbol.
7407 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7409 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7411 \(fn)" t nil)
7413 ;;;***
7415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21998 46517
7416 ;;;;;; 206024 649000))
7417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7419 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7420 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7421 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7422 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7423 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7424 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7426 Tree mode key bindings:
7427 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7429 \(fn)" t nil)
7431 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7432 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7434 \(fn)" t nil)
7436 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7437 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7439 \(fn)" t nil)
7441 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7442 View declaration of member at point.
7444 \(fn)" t nil)
7446 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7447 Find declaration of member at point.
7449 \(fn)" t nil)
7451 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7452 View definition of member at point.
7454 \(fn)" t nil)
7456 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7457 Find definition of member at point.
7459 \(fn)" t nil)
7461 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7462 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7464 \(fn)" t nil)
7466 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7467 View definition of member at point in other window.
7469 \(fn)" t nil)
7471 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7472 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7474 \(fn)" t nil)
7476 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7477 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7479 \(fn)" t nil)
7481 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7482 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7484 \(fn)" t nil)
7486 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7487 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7489 \(fn)" t nil)
7491 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7492 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7493 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7494 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7495 completion.
7497 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7499 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7500 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7501 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7502 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7504 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7507 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7508 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7509 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7511 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7513 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7514 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7515 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7517 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7519 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7520 Search for call sites of a member.
7521 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7522 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7523 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7524 looks like a function call to the member.
7526 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7528 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7529 Move backward in the position stack.
7530 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7532 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7534 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7535 Move forward in the position stack.
7536 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7538 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7540 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7541 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7543 \(fn)" t nil)
7545 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7546 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7548 \(fn)" t nil)
7550 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7551 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7552 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7553 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7555 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7557 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7558 Display statistics for a class tree.
7560 \(fn)" t nil)
7562 ;;;***
7564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21953 58033 239058
7565 ;;;;;; 929000))
7566 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7568 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7569 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7570 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7571 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7572 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7573 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7574 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7576 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7578 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7579 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7580 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7581 also has this effect.
7582 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7583 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7584 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7585 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7586 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7587 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7588 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7589 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7590 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7591 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7593 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7595 ;;;***
7597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7598 ;;;;;; 725000))
7599 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7601 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7602 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7603 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7605 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7607 ;;;***
7609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7610 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7613 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7616 \(fn)" nil nil)
7618 ;;;***
7620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21996 4784 796983 429000))
7621 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7622 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7624 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7625 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7626 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7628 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7629 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7631 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7633 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7634 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7635 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7636 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7637 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7639 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7640 an EDE controlled project.
7642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7644 ;;;***
7646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22022 28851
7647 ;;;;;; 765037 303000))
7648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7650 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7651 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7652 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7653 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7654 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7656 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7657 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7658 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7659 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7661 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7663 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7664 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7665 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7666 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7668 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7670 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7671 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7672 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7673 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7675 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7677 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7679 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7680 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7681 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7682 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7683 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7685 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7686 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7687 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7688 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7689 instrumented for Edebug.
7691 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7692 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7693 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7694 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7695 already is one.)
7697 \(fn)" t nil)
7699 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7700 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7702 \(fn)" t nil)
7704 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7705 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7707 \(fn)" t nil)
7709 ;;;***
7711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22011 58554 93858 469000))
7712 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7713 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7715 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7716 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7718 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7720 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7721 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7723 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7725 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7727 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7729 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7730 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7731 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7732 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7734 \(fn)" t nil)
7736 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7737 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7738 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7739 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7741 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7743 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7744 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7746 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7748 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7750 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7751 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7753 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7755 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7757 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7758 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7759 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7760 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7762 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7764 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7766 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7768 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7769 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7771 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7773 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7775 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7776 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7777 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7778 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7780 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7782 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7784 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7785 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7786 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7787 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7789 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7791 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7793 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7794 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7795 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7796 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7797 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7798 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7800 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7804 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7805 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7807 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7809 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7811 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7812 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7813 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7814 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7816 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7818 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7820 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7822 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7823 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7824 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7825 follows:
7826 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7827 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7829 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7831 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7832 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7833 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7834 follows:
7835 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7836 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7838 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7840 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7841 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7842 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7843 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7844 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7846 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7848 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7849 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7850 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7851 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7852 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7853 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7855 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7857 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7860 Merge two files without ancestor.
7862 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7864 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7865 Merge two files with ancestor.
7867 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7869 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7871 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7872 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7874 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7876 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7877 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7879 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7881 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7882 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7883 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7884 buffer.
7886 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7888 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7889 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7890 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7891 buffer.
7893 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7895 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7896 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7897 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7898 and don't ask the user.
7899 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7900 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7902 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7904 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7905 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7906 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7907 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7908 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7909 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7910 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7911 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7913 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7915 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7917 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7919 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7920 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7921 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7922 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7923 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7925 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7927 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7929 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7930 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7931 When called interactively, displays the version.
7933 \(fn)" t nil)
7935 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7936 Display Ediff's manual.
7937 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7939 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7941 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7944 \(fn)" nil nil)
7946 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7949 \(fn)" nil nil)
7951 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7954 \(fn)" nil nil)
7956 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7959 \(fn)" nil nil)
7961 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7964 \(fn)" nil nil)
7966 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7969 \(fn)" nil nil)
7971 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7974 \(fn)" nil nil)
7976 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7979 \(fn)" nil nil)
7981 ;;;***
7983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21870 54319
7984 ;;;;;; 247944 919000))
7985 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7987 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7990 \(fn)" t nil)
7992 ;;;***
7994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21993 28596
7995 ;;;;;; 422597 473000))
7996 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7998 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7999 Display Ediff's registry.
8001 \(fn)" t nil)
8003 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8005 ;;;***
8007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22026 25907
8008 ;;;;;; 671502 692000))
8009 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8011 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8012 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8013 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8014 which see.
8016 \(fn)" t nil)
8018 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8019 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8020 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8021 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8023 \(fn)" t nil)
8025 ;;;***
8027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21976 19509 748430
8028 ;;;;;; 241000))
8029 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8030 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8032 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8033 Edit a keyboard macro.
8034 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8035 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8036 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8037 its command name.
8038 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8040 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8042 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8043 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8045 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8047 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8048 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8050 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8052 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8053 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8054 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8055 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8056 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8057 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8059 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8060 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8061 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8062 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8064 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8066 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8067 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8068 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8069 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8070 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8071 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8073 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8075 ;;;***
8077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22011 58553 453858
8078 ;;;;;; 469000))
8079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8081 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8082 Set scroll margins.
8083 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8084 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8086 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8088 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8089 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8091 \(fn)" t nil)
8093 ;;;***
8095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21953 58033 247058 929000))
8096 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8098 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8099 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8100 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8101 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8102 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8103 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8104 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8106 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8107 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8109 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8110 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8111 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8112 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8114 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8115 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8116 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8118 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8119 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8120 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8122 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8124 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8127 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8129 ;;;***
8131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21998 46624
8132 ;;;;;; 898024 649000))
8133 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8134 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8136 ;;;***
8138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22009
8139 ;;;;;; 58952 307546 645000))
8140 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8141 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8143 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8144 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8145 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8146 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8147 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8148 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8149 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8151 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8153 ;;;***
8155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21888 48869 288181
8156 ;;;;;; 796000))
8157 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8159 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8160 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8162 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8163 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8164 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8166 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8168 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8169 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8170 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8171 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8172 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8173 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8175 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8177 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8178 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8179 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8180 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8181 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8183 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8184 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8185 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8186 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8190 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8191 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8195 ;;;***
8197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8198 ;;;;;; 725000))
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8201 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8202 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8204 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8205 an elided material again.
8207 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8211 ;;;***
8213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21998 46516
8214 ;;;;;; 994024 649000))
8215 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8217 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8218 Lint the file FILE.
8220 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8222 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8223 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8224 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8226 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8228 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8229 Lint the current buffer.
8230 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8232 \(fn)" t nil)
8234 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8235 Lint the function at point.
8236 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8238 \(fn)" t nil)
8240 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8241 Initialize elint.
8242 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8243 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8245 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8247 ;;;***
8249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8250 ;;;;;; 725000))
8251 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8253 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8254 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8255 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8257 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8259 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8260 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8261 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8262 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8264 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8266 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8267 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8268 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8270 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8272 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8274 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8275 Display current profiling results.
8276 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8277 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8278 displayed.
8280 \(fn)" t nil)
8282 ;;;***
8284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8285 ;;;;;; 725000))
8286 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8288 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8289 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8290 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8291 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8292 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8293 ARG is omitted or nil.
8295 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8296 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8297 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8298 used instead.
8300 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8302 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8303 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8304 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8306 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8310 ;;;***
8312 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21989 31537
8313 ;;;;;; 887825 721000))
8314 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8316 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8317 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8318 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8320 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8322 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8324 ;;;***
8326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21953 58033 507058
8327 ;;;;;; 929000))
8328 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8330 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8331 Run Emerge on two files.
8333 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8335 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8336 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8338 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8340 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8341 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8343 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8345 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8346 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8348 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8350 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8353 \(fn)" nil nil)
8355 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8358 \(fn)" nil nil)
8360 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8363 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8365 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8368 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8370 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8371 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8373 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8375 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8376 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8378 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8380 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8383 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8385 ;;;***
8387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8388 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8389 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8391 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8392 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8393 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8394 text/enriched format.
8396 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8397 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8398 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8400 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8402 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8403 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8405 Commands:
8407 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8409 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8411 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8414 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8416 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8419 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8421 ;;;***
8423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21980 16567 517544 893000))
8424 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8426 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8427 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8429 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8431 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8432 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8434 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8436 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8437 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8438 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8439 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8440 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8441 the keys are listed.
8442 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8444 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8446 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8447 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8448 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8450 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8452 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8453 Verify FILE.
8455 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8457 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8458 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8460 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8462 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8463 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8465 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8467 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8468 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8470 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8471 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8472 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8473 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8475 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8476 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8477 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8478 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8479 should consider using the string based counterpart
8480 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8481 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8483 For example:
8485 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8486 (decode-coding-string
8487 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8488 \\='utf-8))
8490 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8492 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8493 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8495 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8496 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8498 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8500 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8502 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8503 Verify the current region between START and END.
8505 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8506 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8507 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8508 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8509 should consider using the string based counterpart
8510 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8511 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8513 For example:
8515 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8516 (decode-coding-string
8517 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8518 \\='utf-8))
8520 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8522 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8524 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8525 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8526 between START and END.
8528 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8529 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8531 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8533 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8535 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8536 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8538 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8539 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8540 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8541 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8542 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8543 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8545 For example:
8547 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8548 (epg-sign-string
8549 context
8550 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8552 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8554 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8556 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8557 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8559 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8560 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8561 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8562 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8563 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8564 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8566 For example:
8568 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8569 (epg-encrypt-string
8570 context
8571 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8572 nil))
8574 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8576 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8578 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8579 Delete selected KEYS.
8581 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8583 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8584 Import keys from FILE.
8586 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8588 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8589 Import keys from the region.
8591 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8593 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8594 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8595 between START and END.
8597 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8600 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8602 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8605 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8607 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8609 ;;;***
8611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8612 ;;;;;; 725000))
8613 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8615 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8616 Decrypt marked files.
8618 \(fn)" t nil)
8620 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8621 Verify marked files.
8623 \(fn)" t nil)
8625 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8626 Sign marked files.
8628 \(fn)" t nil)
8630 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8631 Encrypt marked files.
8633 \(fn)" t nil)
8635 ;;;***
8637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21964 28338 113695
8638 ;;;;;; 749000))
8639 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8641 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8644 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8646 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8649 \(fn)" t nil)
8651 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8654 \(fn)" t nil)
8656 ;;;***
8658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8659 ;;;;;; 725000))
8660 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8662 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8663 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8665 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8666 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8670 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8671 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8672 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8674 \(fn)" t nil)
8676 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8678 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8679 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8680 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8682 \(fn)" t nil)
8684 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8686 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8687 Sign the current buffer.
8688 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8690 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8692 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8694 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8695 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8696 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8697 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8698 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8699 and also whether and how to sign.
8701 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8702 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8703 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8705 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8707 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8709 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8710 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8711 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8713 \(fn)" t nil)
8715 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8717 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8718 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8719 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8721 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8722 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8724 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8726 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8727 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8728 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8729 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8730 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8734 ;;;***
8736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22011 58553 461858 469000))
8737 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8738 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8740 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8741 Return a context object.
8743 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8745 ;;;***
8747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21927 33969 780642
8748 ;;;;;; 720000))
8749 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8751 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8752 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8754 \(fn)" nil nil)
8756 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8757 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8759 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8761 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8762 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8764 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8766 ;;;***
8768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22011 58553 477858 469000))
8769 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8770 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8772 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8773 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8775 \(fn)" nil nil)
8777 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8778 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8779 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8781 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8783 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8784 (server (erc-compute-server))
8785 (port (erc-compute-port))
8786 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8787 password
8788 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8790 That is, if called with
8792 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8794 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8795 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8796 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8798 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8800 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8802 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8803 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8804 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8806 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8808 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8809 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8810 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8811 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8813 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8815 ;;;***
8817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21989
8818 ;;;;;; 31537 763825 721000))
8819 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8820 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8822 ;;;***
8824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21998 46517
8825 ;;;;;; 30024 649000))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8827 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8829 ;;;***
8831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8832 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8833 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8834 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8836 ;;;***
8838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8839 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8840 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8841 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8843 ;;;***
8845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21998 46517 30024
8846 ;;;;;; 649000))
8847 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8848 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8850 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8851 Parser for /dcc command.
8852 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8853 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8854 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8856 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8858 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8859 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8861 \(fn)" nil nil)
8863 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8864 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8866 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8867 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8868 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8869 that subcommand.
8871 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8873 ;;;***
8875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8876 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8877 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8878 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8880 ;;;***
8882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21855
8883 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
8884 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8886 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8887 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8889 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8891 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8892 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8893 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8894 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8896 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8898 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8901 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8903 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8904 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8906 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8908 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8909 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8911 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8913 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8914 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8916 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8918 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8919 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8921 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8923 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8924 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8926 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8928 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8929 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8931 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8933 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8934 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8936 \(fn)" nil nil)
8938 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8939 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8941 \(fn)" nil nil)
8943 ;;;***
8945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21989 31537 771825
8946 ;;;;;; 721000))
8947 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8948 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8950 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8951 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8952 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8954 \(fn)" nil nil)
8956 ;;;***
8958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8959 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8960 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8961 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8963 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8964 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8965 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8966 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8967 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8968 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8969 system.
8971 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8973 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8976 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8978 ;;;***
8980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8981 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8984 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8987 \(fn)" nil nil)
8989 ;;;***
8991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8992 ;;;;;; 725000))
8993 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8994 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8996 ;;;***
8998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8999 ;;;;;; 725000))
9000 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9001 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9003 ;;;***
9005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
9006 ;;;;;; 725000))
9007 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9008 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9010 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9011 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9012 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9013 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9014 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9015 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9017 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9019 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9020 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9021 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9022 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9024 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9025 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9026 automatically.
9028 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9029 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9031 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9033 ;;;***
9035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22011 58553
9036 ;;;;;; 461858 469000))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9038 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9040 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9041 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9043 \(fn)" t nil)
9045 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9046 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9048 \(fn)" t nil)
9050 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9051 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9053 \(fn)" t nil)
9055 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9056 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9058 \(fn)" t nil)
9060 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9061 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9063 \(fn)" t nil)
9065 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9066 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9068 \(fn)" t nil)
9070 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9071 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9073 \(fn)" t nil)
9075 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9076 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9078 \(fn)" t nil)
9080 ;;;***
9082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
9083 ;;;;;; 725000))
9084 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9085 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9087 ;;;***
9089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9090 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9091 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9092 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9094 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9095 Show who's gone.
9097 \(fn)" nil nil)
9099 ;;;***
9101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22011
9102 ;;;;;; 58553 473858 469000))
9103 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9105 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9106 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9107 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9108 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9110 \(fn)" nil nil)
9112 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9113 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9115 \(fn)" t nil)
9117 ;;;***
9119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9120 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9121 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9122 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9124 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9125 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9126 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9127 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9129 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9131 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9134 \(fn)" nil nil)
9136 ;;;***
9138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9139 ;;;;;; 725000))
9140 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9141 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9143 ;;;***
9145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21855
9146 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9148 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9150 ;;;***
9152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9153 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9155 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9157 ;;;***
9159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9160 ;;;;;; 725000))
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9162 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9164 ;;;***
9166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22011
9167 ;;;;;; 58553 473858 469000))
9168 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9169 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9171 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9172 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9174 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9176 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9177 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9178 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9180 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9182 ;;;***
9184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9185 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9186 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9187 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9189 ;;;***
9191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21980
9192 ;;;;;; 16567 521544 893000))
9193 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9195 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9196 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9197 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9199 \(fn)" t nil)
9201 ;;;***
9203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9204 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9205 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9206 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9208 ;;;***
9210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21860 18496
9211 ;;;;;; 27951 644000))
9212 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9213 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9215 ;;;***
9217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21980 16567
9218 ;;;;;; 521544 893000))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9221 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9222 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9223 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9225 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9227 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9228 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9229 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9230 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9231 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9233 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9234 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9235 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9236 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9239 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9241 ;;;***
9243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9244 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9245 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9246 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9248 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9249 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9250 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9251 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9253 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9255 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9256 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9257 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9259 \(fn)" t nil)
9261 ;;;***
9263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9264 ;;;;;; 725000))
9265 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9266 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9268 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9269 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9271 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9273 ;;;***
9275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22011 58553 409858
9276 ;;;;;; 469000))
9277 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9279 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9280 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9282 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9283 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9285 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9286 useful for assertions in BODY.
9288 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9290 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9291 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9292 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9294 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9296 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9298 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9300 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9302 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9304 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9305 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9307 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9308 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9309 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9310 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9312 Returns the stats object.
9314 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9316 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9317 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9319 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9320 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9321 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9322 the tests).
9324 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9326 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9327 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9329 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9330 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9331 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9332 and how to display message.
9334 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9336 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9338 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9339 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9341 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9343 ;;;***
9345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22011 58553
9346 ;;;;;; 393858 469000))
9347 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9349 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9351 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9352 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9354 \(fn)" t nil)
9356 ;;;***
9358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22003 64432
9359 ;;;;;; 600146 533000))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9362 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9363 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9365 \(fn)" t nil)
9367 ;;;***
9369 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9370 ;;;;;; 725000))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9372 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9374 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9375 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9376 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9377 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9378 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9379 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9380 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9381 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9382 buffer selected (or created).
9384 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9386 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9387 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9388 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9390 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9392 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9393 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9394 The result might be any Lisp object.
9395 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9396 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9397 corresponding to a successful execution.
9399 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9401 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9403 ;;;***
9405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21998 46517 206024
9406 ;;;;;; 649000))
9407 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9409 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9410 File name of tags table.
9411 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9412 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9413 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9414 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9415 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9417 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9418 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9419 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9420 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9422 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9424 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9425 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9426 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9427 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9428 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9429 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9431 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9433 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9434 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9435 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9437 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9439 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9440 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9441 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9442 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9443 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9445 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9447 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9448 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9449 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9450 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9452 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9454 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9455 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9456 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9457 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9458 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9460 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9462 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9463 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9465 \(fn)" t nil)
9467 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9468 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9469 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9470 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9472 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9473 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9474 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9475 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9476 file the tag was in.
9478 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9480 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9481 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9482 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9483 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9484 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9485 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9486 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9487 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9488 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9490 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9492 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9493 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9494 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9495 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9496 without directory names.
9498 \(fn)" nil nil)
9500 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9503 \(fn)" nil nil)
9504 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9505 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9506 (progn
9507 (load "etags")
9508 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9510 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9511 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9512 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9513 but does not select the buffer.
9514 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9516 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9517 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9518 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9519 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9520 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9522 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9524 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9525 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9526 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9528 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9530 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9532 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9533 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9534 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9535 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9537 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9538 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9539 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9540 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9541 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9543 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9545 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9546 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9547 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9549 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9551 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9553 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9555 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9556 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9557 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9558 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9559 around or before point.
9561 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9562 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9563 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9564 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9565 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9567 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9569 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9570 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9571 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9573 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9575 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9577 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9579 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9580 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9581 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9582 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9583 around or before point.
9585 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9586 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9587 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9588 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9589 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9591 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9593 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9594 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9595 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9597 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9599 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9601 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9603 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9604 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9605 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9607 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9608 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9609 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9610 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9611 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9613 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9615 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9616 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9617 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9619 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9621 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9623 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9625 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9627 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9628 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9630 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9631 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9632 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9634 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9635 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9637 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9638 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9640 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9642 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9643 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9644 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9645 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9647 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9648 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9649 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9650 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9651 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9653 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9655 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9657 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9658 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9659 Stops when a match is found.
9660 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9662 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9663 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9664 restricted to these files.
9666 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9668 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9670 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9671 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9672 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9673 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9674 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9675 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9676 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9677 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9679 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9680 produce the list of files to search.
9682 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9684 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9686 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9687 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9688 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9689 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9690 directory specification.
9692 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9694 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9695 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9697 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9699 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9701 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9702 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9703 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9704 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9706 \(fn)" t nil)
9708 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9709 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9710 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9711 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9712 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9714 \(fn)" t nil)
9716 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9719 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9721 ;;;***
9723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21862
9724 ;;;;;; 60209 768658 443000))
9725 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9727 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9730 \(fn)" nil nil)
9732 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9733 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9735 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9736 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9738 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9739 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9740 primary language.
9742 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9743 even if the buffer is read-only.
9745 See also the descriptions of the variables
9746 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9748 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9750 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9751 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9753 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9754 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9756 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9757 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9758 primary language.
9760 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9761 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9763 See also the descriptions of the variables
9764 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9766 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9768 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9769 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9770 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9771 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9773 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9775 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9776 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9777 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9778 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9780 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9781 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9782 primary language.
9784 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9785 buffer is read-only.
9787 See also the descriptions of the variables
9788 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9789 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9791 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9793 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9794 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9796 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9797 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9799 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9800 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9801 the primary language.
9803 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9804 buffer is read-only.
9806 See also the descriptions of the variables
9807 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9808 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9810 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9812 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9813 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9814 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9816 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9818 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9819 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9821 \(fn)" t nil)
9823 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9824 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9826 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9827 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9828 be 1, 2, or 3.
9830 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9831 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9832 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9834 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9836 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9838 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9839 This function is deprecated.
9841 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9843 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9844 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9846 \(fn)" t nil)
9848 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9849 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9851 \(fn)" t nil)
9853 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9854 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9856 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9857 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9859 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9860 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9862 \(fn)" nil nil)
9864 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9865 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9867 \(fn)" nil nil)
9869 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9870 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9872 \(fn)" nil nil)
9874 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9875 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9877 \(fn)" nil nil)
9879 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9880 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9881 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9883 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9885 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9888 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9890 ;;;***
9892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22026 25907 611502 692000))
9893 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9895 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9896 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9897 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9898 server for future sessions.
9900 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9902 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9903 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9904 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9906 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9908 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9909 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9910 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9912 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9914 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9915 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9916 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9917 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9918 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9919 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9920 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9921 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9922 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9923 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9924 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9925 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9927 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9929 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9930 Display a form to query the directory server.
9931 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9932 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9934 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9936 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9937 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9938 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9940 \(fn)" t nil)
9942 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9944 ;;;***
9946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22026 25907 607502
9947 ;;;;;; 692000))
9948 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9950 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9951 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9953 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9955 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9956 Display URL and make it clickable.
9958 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9960 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9961 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9963 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9965 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9966 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9968 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9970 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9971 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9973 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9975 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9976 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9978 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9980 ;;;***
9982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22026 25907
9983 ;;;;;; 607502 692000))
9984 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9986 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9987 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9988 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9990 \(fn)" t nil)
9992 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9993 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9995 \(fn)" t nil)
9997 ;;;***
9999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22026
10000 ;;;;;; 25907 607502 692000))
10001 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10003 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10004 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10006 \(fn)" t nil)
10008 ;;;***
10010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
10011 ;;;;;; 725000))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10014 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10015 Create an empty ewoc.
10017 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10019 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10020 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10021 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10022 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10023 `insert-before-markers'.
10025 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10026 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10027 respectively, of the ewoc.
10029 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10030 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10031 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10033 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10035 ;;;***
10037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22011 58553 761858 469000))
10038 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10040 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10041 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10042 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10043 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10044 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10046 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10048 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10049 Fetch URL and render the page.
10050 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10051 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10053 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10054 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10056 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10057 Render FILE using EWW.
10059 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10061 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10062 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10063 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10065 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10067 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10068 Mode for browsing the web.
10070 \(fn)" t nil)
10072 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10075 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10077 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10078 Display the bookmarks.
10080 \(fn)" t nil)
10082 ;;;***
10084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21988
10085 ;;;;;; 10682 37624 461000))
10086 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10088 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10089 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10090 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10092 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10094 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10095 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10096 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10097 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10098 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10100 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10102 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10103 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10104 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10105 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10106 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10107 executable.
10109 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10111 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10112 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10113 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10114 file modes.
10116 \(fn)" nil nil)
10118 ;;;***
10120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22011 58553 477858 469000))
10121 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10123 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10124 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10125 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10126 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10128 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10130 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10131 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10132 to generate such functions.
10134 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10135 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10136 beginning of the expanded text.
10138 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10139 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10140 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10141 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10143 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10145 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10147 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10148 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10149 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10151 \(fn)" nil nil)
10153 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10154 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10155 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10157 \(fn)" t nil)
10159 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10160 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10161 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10163 \(fn)" t nil)
10164 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10165 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10167 ;;;***
10169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22026 25907 635502
10170 ;;;;;; 692000))
10171 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10173 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10174 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10175 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10177 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10178 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10179 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10181 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10183 Key definitions:
10184 \\{f90-mode-map}
10186 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10188 `f90-do-indent'
10189 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10190 `f90-if-indent'
10191 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10192 `f90-type-indent'
10193 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10194 `f90-program-indent'
10195 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10196 (default 2).
10197 `f90-associate-indent'
10198 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10199 `f90-critical-indent'
10200 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10201 `f90-continuation-indent'
10202 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10203 `f90-comment-region'
10204 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10205 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10206 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10207 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10208 (default \"!\").
10209 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10210 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10211 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10212 `f90-break-delimiters'
10213 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10214 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10215 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10216 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10217 (default t).
10218 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10219 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10220 `f90-smart-end'
10221 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10222 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10223 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10224 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10225 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10226 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10227 `f90-leave-line-no'
10228 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10230 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10231 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10233 \(fn)" t nil)
10235 ;;;***
10237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21888 47150 706945
10238 ;;;;;; 440000))
10239 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10241 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10242 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10243 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10244 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10246 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10247 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10248 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10249 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10250 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10252 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10253 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10254 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10255 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10256 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10257 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10258 attributes.
10260 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10261 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10263 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10265 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10266 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10267 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10268 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10270 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10272 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10273 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10274 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10275 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10277 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10278 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10279 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10281 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10282 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10283 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10284 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10286 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10288 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10289 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10290 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10292 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10293 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10294 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10295 the same amount).
10297 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10299 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10300 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10301 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10303 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10304 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10305 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10306 will remove any scaling currently active.
10308 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10310 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10311 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10312 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10314 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10315 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10316 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10317 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10318 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10320 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10321 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10323 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10325 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10326 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10328 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10329 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10330 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10332 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10333 the face height as long as the input event read
10334 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10336 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10337 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10338 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10339 will remove any scaling currently active.
10341 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10342 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10343 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10344 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10345 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10347 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10349 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10350 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10352 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10353 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10354 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10356 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10358 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10359 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10360 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10361 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10362 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10363 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10364 `buffer-face-mode'.
10366 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10367 local, and sets it to FACE.
10369 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10371 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10372 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10373 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10374 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10375 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10376 `face' text property.
10378 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10379 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10380 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10381 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10383 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10384 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10386 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10388 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10389 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10390 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10391 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10395 ;;;***
10397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22011 58553
10398 ;;;;;; 677858 469000))
10399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10400 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10402 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10403 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10404 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10405 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10407 \(fn)" nil nil)
10409 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10410 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10412 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10414 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10415 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10416 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10417 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10419 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10421 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10422 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10423 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10424 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10425 backup file names and the like).
10427 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10429 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10430 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10431 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10432 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10433 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10434 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10435 internally by feedmail):
10437 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10438 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10439 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10440 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10442 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10443 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10444 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10445 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10446 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10448 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10450 ;;;***
10452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21993 28596 82597 473000))
10453 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10455 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10456 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10457 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10458 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10459 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10460 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10461 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10463 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10465 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10466 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10467 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10468 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10469 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10470 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10471 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10473 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10475 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10477 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10478 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10479 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10480 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10481 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10482 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10484 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10486 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10487 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10488 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10489 Return value:
10490 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10491 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10492 * otherwise, nil
10494 \(fn E)" t nil)
10496 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10497 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10498 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10500 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10502 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10503 Try to get a file name at point.
10504 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10506 \(fn)" nil nil)
10508 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10509 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10511 \(fn)" t nil)
10513 ;;;***
10515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10516 ;;;;;; 125000))
10517 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10519 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10520 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10521 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10522 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10524 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10526 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10527 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10528 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10529 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10530 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10531 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10533 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10535 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10536 Add FILE to the file cache.
10538 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10540 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10541 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10542 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10544 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10546 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10547 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10548 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10550 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10552 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10553 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10554 This function does not use any external programs.
10555 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10556 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10557 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10559 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10561 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10562 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10563 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10564 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10565 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10566 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10567 \(directories) is done.
10569 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10571 ;;;***
10573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22019 52657 867929
10574 ;;;;;; 676000))
10575 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10577 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10578 Handle file system monitoring event.
10579 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10581 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10583 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10585 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10587 ;;;***
10589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21998 46517 38024 649000))
10590 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10592 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10593 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10595 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10596 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10597 Local Variables list.
10599 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10600 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10601 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10603 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10605 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10606 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10608 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10610 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10611 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10613 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10614 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10615 the -*- line.
10617 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10618 then this function adds it.
10620 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10622 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10623 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10625 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10627 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10628 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10630 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10632 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10633 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10635 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10637 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10638 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10640 \(fn)" t nil)
10642 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10643 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10645 \(fn)" t nil)
10647 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10648 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10650 \(fn)" t nil)
10652 ;;;***
10654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22026 25907 587502
10655 ;;;;;; 692000))
10656 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10658 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10659 Filesets initialization.
10660 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10662 \(fn)" nil nil)
10664 ;;;***
10666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22011 58553 489858
10667 ;;;;;; 469000))
10668 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10669 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10671 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10672 Initiate the building of a find command.
10673 For example:
10675 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10676 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10677 (mtime \"+1\"))
10678 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10680 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10681 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10683 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10685 ;;;***
10687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22011 58553 489858
10688 ;;;;;; 469000))
10689 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10691 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10692 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10693 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10695 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10697 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10698 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10700 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10702 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10703 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10704 and run Dired on those files.
10705 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10706 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10708 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10710 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10712 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10714 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10715 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10716 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10718 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10719 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10721 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10722 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10724 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10726 ;;;***
10728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22011 58553 489858
10729 ;;;;;; 469000))
10730 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10732 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10733 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10734 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10735 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10736 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10737 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10738 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10740 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10742 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10743 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10744 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10746 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10748 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10750 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10752 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10753 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10754 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10756 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10757 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10759 Variables of interest include:
10761 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10762 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10763 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10765 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10766 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10767 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10769 - `ff-ignore-include'
10770 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10772 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10773 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10775 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10776 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10778 - `ff-special-constructs'
10779 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10780 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10781 extracting the filename from that construct.
10783 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10784 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10786 - `ff-search-directories'
10787 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10788 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10790 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10791 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10793 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10794 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10796 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10797 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10799 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10800 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10802 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10803 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10805 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10807 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10808 Visit the file you click on.
10810 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10812 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10813 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10815 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10817 ;;;***
10819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22011
10820 ;;;;;; 58553 409858 469000))
10821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10823 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10824 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10825 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10827 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10829 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10830 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10831 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10832 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10834 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10835 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10836 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10837 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10839 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10841 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10842 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10844 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10845 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10846 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10847 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10849 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10850 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10851 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10853 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10854 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10855 in `load-path'.
10857 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10859 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10860 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10862 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10863 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10864 places point before the definition.
10865 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10867 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10868 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10869 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10871 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10873 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10874 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10876 See `find-function' for more details.
10878 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10880 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10881 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10883 See `find-function' for more details.
10885 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10887 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10888 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10890 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10891 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10892 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10894 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10895 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10897 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10899 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10900 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10902 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10903 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10904 places point before the definition.
10906 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10908 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10909 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10910 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10912 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10914 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10915 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10917 See `find-variable' for more details.
10919 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10921 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10922 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10924 See `find-variable' for more details.
10926 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10928 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10929 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10930 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10931 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10932 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10933 buffer nor display it.
10935 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10936 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10938 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10940 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10941 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10943 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10944 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10945 places point before the definition.
10947 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10949 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10950 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10951 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10953 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10955 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10956 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10957 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10959 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10961 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10962 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10963 See `find-function-on-key'.
10965 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10967 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
10968 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
10969 See `find-function-on-key'.
10971 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10973 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10974 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10976 \(fn)" t nil)
10978 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10979 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10981 \(fn)" t nil)
10983 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10984 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10986 \(fn)" nil nil)
10988 ;;;***
10990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10991 ;;;;;; 725000))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10994 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10995 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10997 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10999 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11000 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11002 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11004 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11005 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11007 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11009 ;;;***
11011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21998 46517 46024 649000))
11012 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11013 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11015 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11016 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11018 \(fn)" t nil)
11020 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11021 Display FILE's commentary section.
11022 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11024 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11026 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11027 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11029 \(fn)" t nil)
11031 ;;;***
11033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
11034 ;;;;;; 725000))
11035 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11037 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11038 Toggle flow control handling.
11039 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11040 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11042 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11044 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11045 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11046 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11047 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11048 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11049 to get the effect of a C-q.
11051 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11053 ;;;***
11055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
11056 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11059 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11062 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11064 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11067 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11069 ;;;***
11071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22011 58553
11072 ;;;;;; 901858 469000))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11074 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11076 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11077 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11079 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11080 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11081 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11085 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11086 Turn flymake mode on.
11088 \(fn)" nil nil)
11090 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11091 Turn flymake mode off.
11093 \(fn)" nil nil)
11095 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11098 \(fn)" nil nil)
11100 ;;;***
11102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21980 16568
11103 ;;;;;; 77544 893000))
11104 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11106 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11107 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11109 \(fn)" t nil)
11110 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11112 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11113 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11114 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11115 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11116 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11118 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11119 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11120 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11122 Bindings:
11123 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11124 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11125 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11126 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11128 Hooks:
11129 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11131 Remark:
11132 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11133 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11134 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11136 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11137 consider adding:
11138 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11139 in your init file.
11141 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11142 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11146 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11147 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11149 \(fn)" nil nil)
11151 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11152 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11154 \(fn)" nil nil)
11156 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11157 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11159 \(fn)" nil nil)
11161 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11162 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11164 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11166 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11167 Flyspell whole buffer.
11169 \(fn)" t nil)
11171 ;;;***
11173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22011 58553 513858
11174 ;;;;;; 469000))
11175 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11176 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11178 ;;;***
11180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22023 49716 552634 164000))
11181 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11183 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11184 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11186 \(fn)" nil nil)
11188 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11189 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11191 \(fn)" nil nil)
11193 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11194 Toggle Follow mode.
11195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11196 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11197 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11199 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11200 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11202 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11203 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11204 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11206 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11207 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11208 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11209 movement commands.
11211 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11212 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11213 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11214 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11215 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11216 mileage may vary).
11218 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11219 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11221 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11223 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11225 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11226 \\{follow-mode-map}
11228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11230 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11231 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11233 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11234 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11236 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11237 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11239 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11243 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11244 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11246 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11247 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11249 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11250 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11252 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11254 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11256 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11257 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11259 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11260 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11261 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11262 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11263 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11264 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11266 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11267 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11268 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11270 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11272 ;;;***
11274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22026 25907
11275 ;;;;;; 595502 692000))
11276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11277 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11279 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11280 Toggle Footnote mode.
11281 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11282 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11283 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11285 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11286 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11287 play around with the following keys:
11288 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11292 ;;;***
11294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21981 37426 535399 97000))
11295 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11297 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11298 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11300 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11301 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11302 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11303 C-c < forms-first-record <
11304 C-c > forms-last-record >
11305 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11306 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11307 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11308 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11309 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11310 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11311 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11312 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11313 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11314 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11316 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11318 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11319 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11321 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11323 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11324 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11326 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11328 ;;;***
11330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22011 58553
11331 ;;;;;; 901858 469000))
11332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11334 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11335 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11336 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11338 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11339 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11341 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11343 Key definitions:
11344 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11346 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11348 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11349 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11350 `fortran-do-indent'
11351 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11352 `fortran-if-indent'
11353 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11354 `fortran-structure-indent'
11355 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11356 (default 3)
11357 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11358 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11359 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11360 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11361 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11362 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11363 nil don't change the indentation
11364 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11365 value of either
11366 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11367 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11368 depending on the continuation format in use.
11369 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11370 indentation for a line of code.
11371 (default `fixed')
11372 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11373 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11374 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11375 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11376 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11377 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11378 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11379 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11380 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11381 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11382 column 5.
11383 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11384 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11385 statements (default nil).
11386 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11387 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11388 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11389 `fortran-continuation-string'
11390 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11391 line (default \"$\").
11392 `fortran-comment-region'
11393 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11394 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11395 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11396 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11397 as typed (default t).
11398 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11399 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11401 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11402 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11404 \(fn)" t nil)
11406 ;;;***
11408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11409 ;;;;;; 720000))
11410 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11412 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11413 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11415 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11416 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11418 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11420 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11421 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11423 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11424 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11426 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11428 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11429 Compile fortune file.
11431 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11432 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11434 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11436 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11437 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11439 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11440 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11441 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11442 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11444 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11446 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11447 Display a fortune cookie.
11448 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11449 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11450 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11451 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11453 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11455 ;;;***
11457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 41766 981374
11458 ;;;;;; 972000))
11459 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11461 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11462 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11463 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11465 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11466 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11467 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11469 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11470 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11472 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11473 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11475 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11476 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11477 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11478 intend to modify existing values, do
11480 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11482 before changing anything.
11484 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11485 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11487 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11488 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11489 to restore the frame.
11491 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11492 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11493 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11495 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11496 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11497 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11498 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11499 FILTER A filter function.
11501 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11502 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11504 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11506 where
11508 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11509 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11510 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11511 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11512 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11513 before restoring it.
11514 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11516 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11517 It must return:
11518 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11519 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11520 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11522 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11523 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11525 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11526 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11527 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11528 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11529 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11530 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11531 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11533 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11535 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11536 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11538 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11540 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11541 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11542 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11543 If nil, check all live frames.
11545 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11547 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11548 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11549 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11550 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11551 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11552 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11553 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11554 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11555 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11556 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11557 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11559 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11561 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11562 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11564 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11565 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11566 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11567 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11568 and window-state is not restored.
11570 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11571 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11573 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11574 t All existing frames can be reused.
11575 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11576 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11577 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11578 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11580 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11581 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11582 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11583 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11584 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11585 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11586 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11587 be created from that parameter alist.
11589 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11590 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11591 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11592 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11593 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11594 - the live frame just restored,
11595 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11596 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11597 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11599 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11600 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11601 nil Keep all frames.
11602 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11603 - FRAME, a live frame.
11604 - ACTION, which can be one of
11605 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11606 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11607 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11608 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11609 Return value is ignored.
11611 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11612 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11613 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11614 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11615 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11617 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11619 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11621 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11622 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11623 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11625 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11627 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11628 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11629 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11631 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11633 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11634 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11635 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11636 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11638 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11640 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11642 ;;;***
11644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11645 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11646 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11647 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11649 ;;;***
11651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22029 2088
11652 ;;;;;; 514685 339000))
11653 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11655 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11656 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11657 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11659 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11661 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11662 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11663 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11664 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11665 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11666 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11667 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11669 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11671 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11672 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11673 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11674 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11676 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11677 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11678 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11679 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11680 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11682 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11683 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11684 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11685 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11687 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11688 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11689 shown in some of the buffers.
11691 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11693 The following commands help control operation :
11695 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11696 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11698 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11699 detailed description of this mode.
11702 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11703 | GDB Toolbar |
11704 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11705 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11706 | | |
11707 | | |
11708 | | |
11709 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11710 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11711 | | (comint-mode) |
11712 | | |
11713 | | |
11714 | | |
11715 | | |
11716 | | |
11717 | | |
11718 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11719 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11720 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11721 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11722 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11723 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11725 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11727 ;;;***
11729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11730 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11731 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11733 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11734 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11735 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11736 instead (which see).")
11738 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11739 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11741 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11742 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11743 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11744 documentation string instead.
11746 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11747 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11748 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11749 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11750 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11751 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11752 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11753 enders are actually possible.
11755 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11756 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11758 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11759 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11760 `font-lock-keywords'.
11762 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11763 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11764 runs the macro expansion.
11766 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11767 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11768 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11770 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11772 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11774 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11776 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11778 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11779 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11781 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11783 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11784 Enter generic mode MODE.
11786 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11787 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11788 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11790 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11791 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11793 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11795 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11796 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11797 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11798 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11799 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11800 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11801 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11802 `font-lock-keywords'.
11804 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11806 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11808 ;;;***
11810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22011 58553
11811 ;;;;;; 901858 469000))
11812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11814 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11815 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11817 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11818 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11819 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11823 ;;;***
11825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21993 28596
11826 ;;;;;; 86597 473000))
11827 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11829 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11830 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11831 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11833 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11835 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11836 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11838 Guideline for numbers:
11839 1 - error messages
11840 3 - non-serious error messages
11841 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11842 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11843 9 - messages inside loops.
11845 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11847 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11848 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11849 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11851 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11853 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11854 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11856 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11858 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11859 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11861 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11862 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11863 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11864 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11865 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11866 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11868 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11869 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11870 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11871 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11872 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11874 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11876 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11878 ;;;***
11880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22011 58553 561858 469000))
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11882 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11883 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11884 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11886 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11887 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11889 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11891 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11892 Read network news.
11893 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11894 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11895 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11896 name of an NNTP server to use.
11897 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11898 server.
11900 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11902 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11903 Read news as a slave.
11905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11907 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11908 Pop up a frame to read news.
11909 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11910 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11911 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11912 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11913 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11914 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11915 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11916 current display is used.
11918 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11920 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11921 Read network news.
11922 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11923 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11924 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11926 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11928 ;;;***
11930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21989 31537
11931 ;;;;;; 791825 721000))
11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11934 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11935 Start Gnus unplugged.
11937 \(fn)" t nil)
11939 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11940 Start Gnus plugged.
11942 \(fn)" t nil)
11944 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11945 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11949 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11950 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11952 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11953 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11954 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11956 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11957 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11958 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11960 \(fn)" t nil)
11962 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11963 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11965 \(fn)" nil nil)
11967 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11968 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11969 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11970 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11971 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11972 supported.
11974 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11976 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11977 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11978 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11979 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11980 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11981 supported.
11983 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11985 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11986 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11988 \(fn)" nil nil)
11990 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11991 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11992 downloaded into the agent.
11994 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11996 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11997 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11998 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11999 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12001 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12003 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12004 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12006 \(fn)" t nil)
12008 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12009 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12011 \(fn)" t nil)
12013 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12014 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12015 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12017 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12019 ;;;***
12021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22011 58553
12022 ;;;;;; 521858 469000))
12023 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12025 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12026 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12028 \(fn)" nil nil)
12030 ;;;***
12032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22011
12033 ;;;;;; 58553 521858 469000))
12034 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12036 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12037 Set a bookmark for this article.
12039 \(fn)" t nil)
12041 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12042 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12044 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12046 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12047 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12048 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12049 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12050 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12052 \(fn)" t nil)
12054 ;;;***
12056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
12057 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12058 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12060 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12061 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12063 Usage:
12064 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12066 \(fn)" t nil)
12068 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12069 Generate the cache active file.
12071 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12073 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12074 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12076 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12078 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12079 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12080 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12081 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12082 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12083 supported.
12085 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12087 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12088 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12089 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12090 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12091 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12092 supported.
12094 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12096 ;;;***
12098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
12099 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12100 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12102 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12103 Delay this article by some time.
12104 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12106 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12107 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12109 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12110 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12112 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12113 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12115 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12117 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12118 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12120 \(fn)" t nil)
12122 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12123 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12124 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12125 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12127 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12128 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12130 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12132 ;;;***
12134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12135 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12138 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12141 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12143 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12146 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12148 ;;;***
12150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12151 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12152 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12154 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12155 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12157 \(fn)" t nil)
12159 ;;;***
12161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12162 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12165 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12166 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12168 \(fn)" t nil)
12170 ;;;***
12172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21989 31537
12173 ;;;;;; 811825 721000))
12174 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12176 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12177 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12179 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12181 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12183 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12184 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12186 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12188 \(fn)" t nil)
12190 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12191 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12193 \(fn)" t nil)
12195 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12196 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12198 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12199 different input formats.
12201 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12203 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12204 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12206 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12207 different input formats.
12209 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12211 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12212 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12213 The PNG is returned as a string.
12215 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12217 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12218 Convert FILE to a Face.
12219 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12220 726 bytes.
12222 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12224 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12225 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12227 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12229 \(fn)" t nil)
12231 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12232 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12234 \(fn)" nil nil)
12236 ;;;***
12238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12239 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12240 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12242 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12243 Display gravatar in the From header.
12244 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12246 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12248 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12249 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12250 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12252 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12254 ;;;***
12256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22011 58553
12257 ;;;;;; 529858 469000))
12258 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12260 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12261 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12262 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12263 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12265 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12267 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12268 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12270 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12272 ;;;***
12274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21972 22452
12275 ;;;;;; 190264 357000))
12276 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12278 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12281 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12283 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12286 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12288 ;;;***
12290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12291 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12294 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12296 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12297 Run batched scoring.
12298 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12300 \(fn)" t nil)
12302 ;;;***
12304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12305 ;;;;;; 725000))
12306 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12308 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12311 \(fn)" nil nil)
12313 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12314 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12315 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12317 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12319 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12320 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12322 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12326 ;;;***
12328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22011 58553
12329 ;;;;;; 529858 469000))
12330 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12332 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12333 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12334 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12335 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12336 group parameters.
12338 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12339 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12340 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12341 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12343 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12344 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12345 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12346 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12347 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12348 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12349 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12350 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12351 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12352 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12354 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12356 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12357 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12358 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12359 nil CATCH-ALL).
12361 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12362 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12364 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12366 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12367 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12368 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12370 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12372 \(fn)" nil nil)
12374 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12375 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12376 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12378 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12380 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12381 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12382 existing groups are considered.
12384 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12385 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12386 returned.
12388 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12389 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12390 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12391 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12392 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12393 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12394 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12395 clauses will be generated.
12397 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12398 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12399 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12400 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12401 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12402 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12404 For example, given the following group parameters:
12406 nnml:mail.bar:
12407 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12408 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12409 nnml:mail.foo:
12410 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12411 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12412 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12413 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12414 nnml:mail.others:
12415 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12417 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12419 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12420 \"mail.bar\")
12421 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12422 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12423 \"mail.others\")
12425 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12427 ;;;***
12429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12430 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12433 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12434 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12435 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12436 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12437 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12438 instead.
12440 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12442 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12443 Mail to ADDRESS.
12445 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12447 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12448 Like `message-reply'.
12450 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12452 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12454 ;;;***
12456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12457 ;;;;;; (21757 29489 158925 687000))
12458 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12460 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12461 Send a notification on new message.
12462 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12463 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12464 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12466 This is typically a function to add in
12467 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12469 \(fn)" nil nil)
12471 ;;;***
12473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12474 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12477 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12478 Display picons in the From header.
12479 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12481 \(fn)" t nil)
12483 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12484 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12485 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12487 \(fn)" t nil)
12489 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12490 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12491 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12493 \(fn)" t nil)
12495 ;;;***
12497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12498 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12499 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12501 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12502 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12503 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12504 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12506 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12508 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12509 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12510 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12511 LIST1 is modified.
12513 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12515 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12516 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12517 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12519 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12521 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12524 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12526 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12527 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12528 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12530 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12532 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12533 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12534 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12536 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12538 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12540 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12541 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12542 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12544 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12546 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12547 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12548 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12550 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12552 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12553 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12554 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12556 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12558 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12559 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12561 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12563 ;;;***
12565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22011
12566 ;;;;;; 58553 541858 469000))
12567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12569 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12570 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12572 \(fn)" t nil)
12574 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12575 Install the registry hooks.
12577 \(fn)" t nil)
12579 ;;;***
12581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22011 58553
12582 ;;;;;; 541858 469000))
12583 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12585 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12586 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12587 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12588 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12589 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12590 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12592 \(fn)" t nil)
12594 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12595 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12596 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12597 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12598 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12600 \(fn)" t nil)
12602 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12605 \(fn)" t nil)
12607 ;;;***
12609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12610 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12613 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12614 Update the format specification near point.
12616 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12618 ;;;***
12620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21993 28596
12621 ;;;;;; 102597 473000))
12622 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12624 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12625 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12627 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12629 ;;;***
12631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21993 28596
12632 ;;;;;; 110597 473000))
12633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12635 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12636 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12637 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12639 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12641 ;;;***
12643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21832 3452
12644 ;;;;;; 581913 198000))
12645 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12647 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12648 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12650 \(fn)" t nil)
12652 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12653 Install the sync hooks.
12655 \(fn)" t nil)
12657 ;;;***
12659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12660 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12663 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12664 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12666 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12668 ;;;***
12670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22011 58553 761858
12671 ;;;;;; 469000))
12672 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12674 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12675 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12676 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12677 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12678 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12679 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12681 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12683 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12685 ;;;***
12687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21998 46517 190024
12688 ;;;;;; 649000))
12689 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12691 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12692 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12694 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12695 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12696 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12698 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12699 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12700 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12702 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12703 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12705 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12706 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12708 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12710 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12712 ;;;***
12714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12715 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12716 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12718 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12720 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12721 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12722 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12723 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12724 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12726 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12728 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12729 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12730 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12731 or to send e-mail.
12732 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12733 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12735 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12736 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12738 \(fn)" t nil)
12739 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12741 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12742 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12744 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12745 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12749 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12750 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12754 ;;;***
12756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12757 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12758 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12760 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12761 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12762 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12764 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12766 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12767 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12769 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12771 ;;;***
12773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22027 46774 676310
12774 ;;;;;; 591000))
12775 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12777 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12778 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12780 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12782 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12783 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12784 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12785 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12786 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12788 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12789 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12790 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12792 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12794 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12795 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12796 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12797 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12798 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12800 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12802 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12803 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12805 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12807 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12808 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12810 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12811 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12812 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12814 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12815 The default find program.
12816 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12817 and others.")
12819 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12820 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12821 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12822 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12824 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12825 How to invoke find and grep.
12826 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12827 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12828 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12829 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12831 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12833 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12834 History list for grep.")
12836 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12837 History list for grep-find.")
12839 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12840 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12841 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12843 \(fn)" nil nil)
12845 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12848 \(fn)" nil nil)
12850 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12851 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12853 \(fn)" nil nil)
12855 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12856 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12857 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12858 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12859 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12861 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12862 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12864 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12865 can easily repeat a grep command.
12867 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12868 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12869 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12870 list is empty).
12872 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12874 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12875 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12876 Collect output in a buffer.
12877 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12878 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12880 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12881 easily repeat a find command.
12883 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12885 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12887 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12888 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12889 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12890 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12891 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12893 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12894 before it is executed.
12895 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12897 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12898 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12899 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12901 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12903 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12905 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12906 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12907 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12908 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12909 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12911 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12912 before it is executed.
12913 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12915 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12916 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12917 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12918 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12920 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12922 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12923 to specify a command to run.
12925 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12927 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12928 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12929 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12930 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12932 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12934 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12936 ;;;***
12938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12939 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12941 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12942 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12943 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12944 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12945 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12947 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12949 ;;;***
12951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22018 31799 115263
12952 ;;;;;; 120000))
12953 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12955 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12956 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12957 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12958 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12960 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12962 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12963 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12964 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12965 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12967 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12969 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12970 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12971 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12972 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12974 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12976 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12977 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12978 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12979 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12981 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12982 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12984 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12986 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12987 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12988 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12989 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12991 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12993 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12994 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12995 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12996 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12998 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13000 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13001 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13002 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13003 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13005 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13007 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13008 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13009 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13010 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13011 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13013 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13014 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13015 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13016 original source file access method.
13018 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13019 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13021 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13023 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13024 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13026 \(fn)" t nil)
13028 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13029 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13030 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13031 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13032 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13033 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13035 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13037 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13038 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13039 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13040 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13041 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13045 ;;;***
13047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22011 58553 409858
13048 ;;;;;; 469000))
13049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13051 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13052 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13053 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13054 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13055 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13056 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13057 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13058 set it to.
13059 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13061 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13063 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13064 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13065 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13066 of PLACE.
13067 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13068 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13069 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13070 and SETTER.
13071 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13072 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13074 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13076 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13078 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13079 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13080 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13081 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13082 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13084 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13086 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13088 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13091 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13093 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13095 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13097 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13098 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13099 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13100 well for simple place forms.
13101 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13102 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13103 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13104 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13105 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13106 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13107 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13109 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13111 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13113 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13114 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13115 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13116 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13117 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13119 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13120 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13121 (let ((temp VAL))
13122 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13123 temp)
13124 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13126 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13128 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13129 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13130 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13131 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13132 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13133 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13135 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13137 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13139 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13140 Return a reference to PLACE.
13141 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13142 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13143 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13144 binding mode.
13146 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13148 ;;;***
13150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22026 25907
13151 ;;;;;; 631502 692000))
13152 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13154 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13155 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13156 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13157 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13159 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13160 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13161 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13162 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13164 \(fn)" t nil)
13166 ;;;***
13168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13169 ;;;;;; 635000))
13170 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13172 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13173 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13175 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13177 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13178 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13179 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13180 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13182 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13184 \(fn)" t nil)
13186 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13187 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13188 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13189 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13190 to be updated.
13192 \(fn)" t nil)
13194 ;;;***
13196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13197 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13198 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13200 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13201 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13203 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13205 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13206 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13207 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13209 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13211 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13212 Verify a hashcash payment
13214 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13216 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13217 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13218 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13219 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13220 `mail-add-payment-async').
13222 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13224 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13225 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13226 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13227 Calculation is asynchronous.
13229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13231 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13232 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13233 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13237 ;;;***
13239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13240 ;;;;;; 720000))
13241 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13243 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13244 Return the help-echo string at point.
13245 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13246 property, or nil, is returned.
13247 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13248 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13249 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13251 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13253 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13254 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13255 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13256 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13257 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13259 \(fn)" nil nil)
13261 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13262 Display local help in the echo area.
13263 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13264 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13265 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13266 printed instead.
13268 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13269 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13270 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13274 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13275 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13276 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13278 \(fn)" t nil)
13280 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13281 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13282 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13284 \(fn)" t nil)
13286 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13287 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13288 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13289 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13290 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13291 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13292 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13293 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13294 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13295 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13296 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13298 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13299 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13300 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13301 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13302 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13304 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13305 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13306 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13307 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13308 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13309 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13310 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13311 The default is `never'.")
13313 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13315 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13316 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13317 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13318 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13319 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13320 considered different regions.
13322 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13323 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13324 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13325 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13326 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13327 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13328 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13329 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13330 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13332 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13334 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13335 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13336 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13337 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13338 different regions.
13340 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13341 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13342 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13343 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13344 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13345 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13346 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13347 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13349 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13350 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13351 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13352 rarely happens in practice.
13354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13356 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13357 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13358 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13359 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13360 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13361 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13363 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13365 ;;;***
13367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22011 58553 601858
13368 ;;;;;; 469000))
13369 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13371 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13372 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13374 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13376 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13377 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13378 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13380 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13382 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13383 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13384 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13385 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13386 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13387 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13388 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13390 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13391 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13392 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13393 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13394 suitable file is found, return nil.
13396 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13398 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13401 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13403 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13404 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13405 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13406 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13408 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13410 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13411 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13412 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13413 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13414 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13415 it is displayed along with the global value.
13417 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13419 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13420 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13421 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13423 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13425 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13426 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13427 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13428 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13430 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13432 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13433 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13434 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13435 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13436 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13438 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13440 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13441 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13443 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13445 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13446 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13448 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13450 ;;;***
13452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13453 ;;;;;; 720000))
13454 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13456 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13457 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13458 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13459 window listing and describing the options.
13460 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13461 gives the window that lists the options.")
13463 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13465 ;;;***
13467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21972 22452 270264
13468 ;;;;;; 357000))
13469 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13471 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13472 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13473 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13474 Commands:
13475 \\{help-mode-map}
13477 \(fn)" t nil)
13479 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13480 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13482 \(fn)" nil nil)
13484 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13485 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13487 \(fn)" nil nil)
13489 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13490 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13492 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13493 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13494 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13495 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13497 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13498 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13499 restore it properly when going back.
13501 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13503 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13504 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13505 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13506 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13507 from `help-mode'.
13508 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13509 it does not already exist.
13511 \(fn)" nil nil)
13513 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13514 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13516 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13517 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13518 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13519 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13520 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13521 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13522 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13523 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13525 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13526 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13527 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13528 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13530 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13531 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13532 that.
13534 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13536 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13537 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13538 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13539 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13540 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13541 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13543 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13545 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13546 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13547 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13548 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13549 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13551 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13553 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13554 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13556 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13558 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13560 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13561 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13562 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13563 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13565 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13567 ;;;***
13569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13570 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13571 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13573 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13574 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13576 \(fn)" t nil)
13578 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13579 Provide help for current mode.
13581 \(fn)" t nil)
13583 ;;;***
13585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21985 34484 226705 925000))
13586 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13588 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13589 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13590 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13591 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13592 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13594 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13595 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13597 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13598 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13599 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13600 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13602 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13603 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13604 periods.
13606 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13607 in hexl format.
13609 A sample format:
13611 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13612 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13613 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13614 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13615 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13616 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13617 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13618 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13619 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13620 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13621 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13622 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13623 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13624 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13625 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13627 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13628 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13629 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13631 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13632 also supported.
13634 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13636 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13637 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13638 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13640 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13641 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13642 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13644 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13645 into the buffer at the current point.
13647 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13648 into the buffer at the current point.
13650 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13651 into the buffer at the current point.
13653 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13655 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13656 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13658 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13660 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13664 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13665 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13666 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13667 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13669 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13671 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13672 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13673 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13675 \(fn)" t nil)
13677 ;;;***
13679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21993 28596 134597
13680 ;;;;;; 473000))
13681 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13683 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13684 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13685 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13686 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13687 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13689 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13690 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13691 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13692 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13694 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13695 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13696 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13697 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13699 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13700 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13701 which can be called interactively, are:
13703 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13704 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13706 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13707 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13708 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13709 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13711 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13712 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13714 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13715 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13716 available face automatically.
13718 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13719 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13721 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13722 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13723 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13724 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13725 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13726 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13727 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13728 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13729 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13730 function returns t.
13732 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13733 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13735 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13736 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13737 form:
13738 Hi-lock: FOO
13740 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13741 position (number of characters into buffer)
13742 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13743 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13744 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13746 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13748 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13749 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13750 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13751 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13752 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13753 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13755 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13757 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13758 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13759 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13760 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13761 ARG is omitted or nil.
13763 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13764 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13765 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13769 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13771 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13772 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13773 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13774 Use the global history list for FACE.
13776 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13777 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13778 highlighting will not update as you type.
13780 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13782 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13784 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13785 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13786 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13787 Use the global history list for FACE.
13789 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13790 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13791 highlighting will not update as you type.
13793 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13795 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13797 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13798 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13799 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13800 Use the global history list for FACE.
13802 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13803 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13804 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13806 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13807 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13808 highlighting will not update as you type.
13810 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13812 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13814 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13815 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13816 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13817 unless you use a prefix argument.
13818 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13820 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13821 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13823 \(fn)" t nil)
13825 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13827 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13828 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13829 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13830 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13831 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13832 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13834 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13836 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13837 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13839 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13840 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13841 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13843 \(fn)" t nil)
13845 ;;;***
13847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21989 31537
13848 ;;;;;; 939825 721000))
13849 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13851 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13852 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13853 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13854 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13855 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13857 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13858 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13859 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13860 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13862 `hide-ifdef-env'
13863 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13864 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13865 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13866 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13867 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13868 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13869 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13871 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13872 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13873 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13874 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13875 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13877 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13878 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13879 #endif lines when hiding.
13881 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13882 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13883 is activated.
13885 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13886 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13887 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13889 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13893 ;;;***
13895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22026 25907
13896 ;;;;;; 635502 692000))
13897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13899 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13900 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13901 Each element has the form
13902 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13904 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13905 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13907 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13908 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13910 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13911 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13912 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13913 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13914 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13915 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13917 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13918 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13920 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13921 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13923 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13924 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13925 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13927 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13928 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13929 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13930 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13931 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13933 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13934 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13935 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13937 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13938 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13939 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13941 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13942 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13944 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13946 Key bindings:
13947 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13949 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13951 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13952 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13954 \(fn)" nil nil)
13956 ;;;***
13958 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21980 16567 693544
13959 ;;;;;; 893000))
13960 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13962 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13963 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13965 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13966 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13968 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13969 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13970 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13971 this on and off.
13973 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13974 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13975 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13976 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13977 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13978 through various faces.
13979 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13980 buffer with the contents of a file
13981 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13985 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13986 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13987 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13988 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13989 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13991 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13992 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13993 in a distinctive face.
13995 The default value can be customized with variable
13996 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13998 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14000 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14002 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14003 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14004 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14006 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14008 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14009 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14011 \(fn)" t nil)
14013 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14014 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14016 \(fn)" t nil)
14018 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14019 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14021 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14022 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14023 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14024 shown in the last face in the list.
14026 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14027 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14028 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14030 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14032 \(fn)" t nil)
14034 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14035 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14037 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14039 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14040 to save the file.
14042 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14043 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14045 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14046 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14047 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14049 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14051 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14052 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14054 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14055 this function is called interactively.
14057 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14058 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14059 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14061 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14062 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14063 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14065 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14067 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14068 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14069 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14070 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14071 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14072 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14074 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14076 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14077 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14078 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14079 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14080 ARG is omitted or nil.
14082 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14083 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14084 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14086 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14088 ;;;***
14090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21850 34968 457268
14091 ;;;;;; 630000))
14092 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14093 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14095 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14096 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14097 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14098 or insert functions in this list.")
14100 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14102 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14103 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14104 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14105 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14106 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14107 expansions.
14108 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14109 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14110 undoes the expansion.
14112 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14114 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14115 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14116 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14117 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14119 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14121 ;;;***
14123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14124 ;;;;;; 720000))
14125 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14127 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14128 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14129 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14130 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14131 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14133 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14134 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14135 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14136 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14137 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14138 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14140 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14141 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14142 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14143 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14147 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14148 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14149 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14150 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14151 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14152 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14154 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14156 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14157 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14159 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14160 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14162 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14163 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14164 windows.
14166 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14167 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14171 ;;;***
14173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22026 25907
14174 ;;;;;; 551502 692000))
14175 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14177 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14178 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14179 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14181 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14183 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14185 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14186 Oriental holidays.
14187 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14189 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14191 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14193 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14194 Local holidays.
14195 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14197 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14199 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14201 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14202 User defined holidays.
14203 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14205 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14207 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14209 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14210 Jewish holidays.
14211 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14213 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14215 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14217 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14218 Christian holidays.
14219 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14221 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14223 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14225 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14226 Islamic holidays.
14227 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14229 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14231 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14233 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14234 Bahá’í holidays.
14235 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14237 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14239 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14241 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14242 Sun-related holidays.
14243 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14245 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14247 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14249 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14251 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14252 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14253 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14254 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14258 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14259 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14260 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14261 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14262 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14264 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14265 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14267 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14268 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14270 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14271 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14272 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14273 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14274 of a holiday list.
14276 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14278 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14280 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14282 ;;;***
14284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14285 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14286 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14288 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14289 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14291 \(fn)" t nil)
14293 ;;;***
14295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22026 25907
14296 ;;;;;; 591502 692000))
14297 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14298 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14300 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14301 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14302 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14303 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14304 as possible.
14306 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14307 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14308 fontified display.
14310 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14311 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14313 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14314 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14315 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14317 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14319 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14320 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14321 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14323 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14325 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14327 ;;;***
14329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14330 ;;;;;; 720000))
14331 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14333 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14334 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14336 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14337 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14338 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14340 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14341 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14342 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14343 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14344 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14345 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14347 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14348 title of the column.
14350 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14351 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14352 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14353 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14354 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14356 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14358 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14360 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14361 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14362 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14363 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14364 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14366 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14367 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14368 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14370 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14372 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14374 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14376 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14377 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14378 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14379 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14380 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14381 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14383 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14384 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14385 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14386 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14387 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14388 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14389 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14390 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14391 values are:
14392 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14393 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14394 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14395 buffer's modification flag.
14396 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14397 prompted before performing this operation.
14398 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14399 operation is complete, in the form:
14400 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14401 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14402 confirmation message, in the form:
14403 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14404 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14405 macro for exactly what it does.
14407 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14409 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14411 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14413 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14414 Define a filter named NAME.
14415 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14416 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14417 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14419 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14420 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14421 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14422 bound to the current value of the filter.
14424 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14426 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14428 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14430 ;;;***
14432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22026 25907 595502
14433 ;;;;;; 692000))
14434 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14436 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14437 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14438 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14439 buffers which are visiting a file.
14441 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14443 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14444 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14445 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14446 buffers which are visiting a file.
14448 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14450 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14451 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14452 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14454 All arguments are optional.
14455 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14456 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14457 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14458 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14459 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14460 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14461 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14462 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14463 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14464 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14465 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14466 that value locally in this buffer.
14468 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14470 ;;;***
14472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22026
14473 ;;;;;; 25907 551502 692000))
14474 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14475 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14477 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14478 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14479 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14480 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14482 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14484 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14485 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14486 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14487 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14488 ICAL-FILENAME.
14489 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14490 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14491 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14493 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14495 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14496 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14497 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14498 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14499 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14500 non-marking or not.
14502 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14504 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14505 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14507 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14508 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14509 DIARY-FILE.
14511 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14512 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14513 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14515 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14516 non-marking.
14518 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14519 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14520 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14522 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14524 ;;;***
14526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21980 16567 701544
14527 ;;;;;; 893000))
14528 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14530 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14531 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14532 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14533 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14534 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14535 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14537 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14539 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14540 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14542 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14543 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14545 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14546 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14547 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14548 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14550 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14551 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14553 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14554 completions:
14556 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14559 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14560 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14561 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14562 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14564 ;;;***
14566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14567 ;;;;;; 720000))
14568 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14570 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14571 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14572 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14573 Tab indents for Icon code.
14574 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14575 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14576 \\{icon-mode-map}
14577 Variables controlling indentation style:
14578 icon-tab-always-indent
14579 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14580 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14581 icon-auto-newline
14582 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14583 inserted in Icon code.
14584 icon-indent-level
14585 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14586 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14587 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14588 icon-continued-statement-offset
14589 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14590 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14591 icon-continued-brace-offset
14592 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14593 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14594 icon-brace-offset
14595 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14596 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14597 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14598 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14600 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14601 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14603 \(fn)" t nil)
14605 ;;;***
14607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22011
14608 ;;;;;; 58553 905858 469000))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14611 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14612 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14613 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14614 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14616 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14617 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14618 separate frames.
14620 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14621 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14623 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14624 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14625 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14627 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14629 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14631 ;;;***
14633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22011 58553
14634 ;;;;;; 909858 469000))
14635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14636 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14638 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14639 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14641 The main features of this mode are
14643 1. Indentation and Formatting
14644 --------------------------
14645 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14646 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14648 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14649 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14650 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14651 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14653 Comments are indented as follows:
14655 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14656 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14657 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14659 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14661 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14662 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14663 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14664 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14665 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14666 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14668 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14669 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14670 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14671 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14673 2. Routine Info
14674 ------------
14675 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14676 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14677 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14678 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14679 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14680 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14681 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14682 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14683 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14684 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14686 3. Online IDL Help
14687 ---------------
14689 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14690 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14691 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14692 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14694 4. Completion
14695 ----------
14696 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14697 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14698 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14699 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14700 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14701 upper case.
14703 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14704 --------------------------------
14705 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14706 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14708 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14709 \\fu FUNCTION template
14710 \\c CASE statement template
14711 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14712 \\f FOR loop template
14713 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14714 \\w WHILE loop template
14715 \\i IF statement template
14716 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14717 \\b BEGIN
14719 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14720 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14722 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14723 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14724 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14725 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14727 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14728 -------------------------
14729 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14730 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14732 7. Automatic END completion
14733 ------------------------
14734 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14735 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14737 8. Hooks
14738 -----
14739 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14740 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14742 9. Documentation and Customization
14743 -------------------------------
14744 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14745 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14746 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14747 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14748 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14749 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14751 10.Keybindings
14752 -----------
14753 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14754 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14755 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14757 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14759 \(fn)" t nil)
14761 ;;;***
14763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22011 58553 641858 469000))
14764 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14766 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14767 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14768 The following values are possible:
14769 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14770 displaying...)
14771 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14772 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14773 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14775 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14776 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14778 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14780 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14781 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14782 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14783 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14784 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14785 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14786 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14787 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14788 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14792 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14793 Switch to another buffer.
14794 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14795 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14796 in another frame.
14798 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14799 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14800 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14801 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14802 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14804 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14805 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14807 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14809 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14810 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14811 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14812 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14813 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14814 in a separate window.
14815 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14816 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14817 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14818 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14819 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14820 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14821 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14822 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14823 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14825 \(fn)" t nil)
14827 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14828 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14829 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14830 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14832 \(fn)" t nil)
14834 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14835 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14836 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14837 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14839 \(fn)" t nil)
14841 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14842 Kill a buffer.
14843 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14844 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14846 \(fn)" t nil)
14848 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14849 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14850 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14851 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14853 \(fn)" t nil)
14855 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14856 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14857 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14858 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14860 \(fn)" t nil)
14862 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14863 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14865 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14867 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14868 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14869 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14870 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14871 in another frame.
14873 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14874 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14875 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14876 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14877 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14878 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14880 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14881 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14883 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14885 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14886 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14887 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14888 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14889 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14890 in a separate window.
14891 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14892 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14893 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14894 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14895 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14896 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14897 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14898 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14899 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14900 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14901 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14902 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14903 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14904 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14905 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14906 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14907 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14908 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14910 \(fn)" t nil)
14912 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14913 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14914 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14915 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14917 \(fn)" t nil)
14919 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14920 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14921 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14922 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14924 \(fn)" t nil)
14926 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14927 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14928 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14929 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14931 \(fn)" t nil)
14933 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14934 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14935 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14936 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14938 \(fn)" t nil)
14940 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14941 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14942 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14943 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14945 \(fn)" t nil)
14947 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14948 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14949 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14950 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14952 \(fn)" t nil)
14954 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14955 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14956 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14957 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14959 \(fn)" t nil)
14961 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14962 Write current buffer to a file.
14963 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14964 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14966 \(fn)" t nil)
14968 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14969 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14970 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14971 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14973 \(fn)" t nil)
14975 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14976 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14977 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14978 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14980 \(fn)" t nil)
14982 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14983 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14984 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14985 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14986 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14987 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14989 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14991 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14992 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14993 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14994 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14996 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14998 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14999 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15000 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15001 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15003 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15005 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15006 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15007 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15008 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15009 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15010 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15011 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15012 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15013 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15014 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15015 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15016 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15017 with point positioned at the end.
15018 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15019 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15021 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15023 ;;;***
15025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21980 16567 705544 893000))
15026 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15028 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15029 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15030 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15031 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15033 \(fn)" t nil)
15035 ;;;***
15037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21990 52406 604500 385000))
15038 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15040 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15042 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15043 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15044 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15045 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15046 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15047 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15049 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15051 ;;;***
15053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22011 58553 641858 469000))
15054 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15056 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15057 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15058 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15059 be determined.
15061 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15063 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15064 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15065 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15066 be determined.
15068 \(fn)" nil nil)
15070 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15071 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15072 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15073 be determined.
15075 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15077 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15078 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15079 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15080 be determined.
15082 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15084 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15085 Determine and return image type.
15086 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15087 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15088 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15089 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15090 use its file extension as image type.
15091 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15093 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15095 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15096 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15097 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15099 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15101 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15102 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15103 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15105 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15106 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15107 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15108 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15109 must be available.
15111 \(fn)" nil nil)
15113 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15114 Create an image.
15115 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15116 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15117 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15118 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15119 use its file extension as image type.
15120 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15121 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15122 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15123 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15125 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15127 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15128 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15129 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15131 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15133 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15134 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15135 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15136 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15137 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15138 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15139 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15140 POS may be an integer or marker.
15141 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15142 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15143 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15144 means display it in the right marginal area.
15146 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15148 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15149 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15150 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15151 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15152 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15153 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15154 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15155 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15156 means display it in the right marginal area.
15157 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15158 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15159 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15160 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15161 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15163 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15165 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15166 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15167 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15168 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15169 STRING is a single space.
15170 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15171 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15172 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15173 means display it in the right marginal area.
15174 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15176 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15178 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15179 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15180 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15181 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15183 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15185 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15186 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15188 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15190 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15191 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15192 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15193 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15194 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15195 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15196 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15197 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15198 satisfied.
15200 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15202 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15204 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15206 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15207 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15209 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15210 documentation string.
15212 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15213 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15214 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15215 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15216 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15217 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15218 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15219 define SYMBOL.
15221 Example:
15223 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15224 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15226 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15228 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15230 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15231 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15232 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15233 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15235 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15236 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15237 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15238 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15240 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15242 \(fn)" nil nil)
15244 ;;;***
15246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22011 58553
15247 ;;;;;; 641858 469000))
15248 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15249 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15251 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15252 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15253 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15254 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15255 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15256 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15260 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15261 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15263 Convenience command that:
15265 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15266 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15267 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15269 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15270 image files in dired and type
15271 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15273 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15275 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15276 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15278 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15280 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15281 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15282 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15283 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15284 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15285 another one).
15287 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15288 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15289 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15291 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15292 instead of erasing it first.
15294 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15295 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15296 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15297 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15298 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15299 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15301 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15303 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15304 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15305 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15306 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15307 displayed.
15309 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15311 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15313 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15315 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15316 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15318 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15320 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15321 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15322 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15324 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15326 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15327 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15329 \(fn)" t nil)
15331 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15332 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15333 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15334 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15336 \(fn)" t nil)
15338 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15339 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15341 \(fn)" t nil)
15343 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15344 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15346 \(fn)" t nil)
15348 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15349 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15351 \(fn)" t nil)
15353 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15354 Display current image file.
15355 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15356 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15360 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15361 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15363 \(fn)" t nil)
15365 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15366 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15367 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15368 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15369 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15370 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15371 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15373 \(fn)" t nil)
15375 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15376 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15377 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15378 easy-to-use form.
15380 \(fn)" t nil)
15382 ;;;***
15384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15385 ;;;;;; 720000))
15386 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15388 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15389 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15390 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15391 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15393 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15394 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15395 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15396 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15398 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15400 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15401 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15402 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15403 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15405 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15406 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15407 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15408 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15410 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15412 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15413 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15415 \(fn)" nil nil)
15417 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15418 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15419 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15420 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15422 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15424 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15425 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15426 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15427 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15428 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15429 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15431 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15433 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15434 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15435 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15436 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15437 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15439 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15440 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15441 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15445 ;;;***
15447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21716 41663 456033
15448 ;;;;;; 27000))
15449 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15451 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15452 Major mode for image files.
15453 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15454 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15456 Key bindings:
15457 \\{image-mode-map}
15459 \(fn)" t nil)
15461 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15462 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15463 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15464 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15465 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15467 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15468 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15469 actual image.
15471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15473 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15474 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15475 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15476 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15477 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15478 to display an image file as the actual image.
15480 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15481 to display an image file as text initially.
15483 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15484 on these modes.
15486 \(fn)" t nil)
15488 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15491 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15493 ;;;***
15495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21986 55346 284512 613000))
15496 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15498 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15499 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15501 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15503 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15504 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15505 in the buffer.
15507 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15509 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15510 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15511 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15513 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15515 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15516 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15517 Each element of this list should have the form
15519 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15521 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15522 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15523 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15524 matches are put).
15525 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15526 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15527 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15528 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15529 another element.
15530 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15531 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15532 the menu item.
15533 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15534 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15535 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15536 the ARGUMENTS.
15538 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15539 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15540 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15542 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15543 create a buffer index.
15545 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15546 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15547 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15548 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15549 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15551 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15553 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15554 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15556 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15557 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15558 called within a `save-excursion'.
15560 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15562 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15564 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15565 Function for finding the next index position.
15567 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15568 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15569 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15570 file.
15572 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15573 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15575 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15577 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15578 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15580 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15581 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15582 It should return the name for that index item.")
15584 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15586 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15587 Function to compare string with index item.
15589 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15590 non-nil if they match.
15592 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15593 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15594 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15595 arguments match\".")
15597 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15599 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15600 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15601 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15603 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15604 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15606 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15608 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15610 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15611 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15612 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15613 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15615 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15617 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15618 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15620 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15622 \(fn)" t nil)
15624 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15625 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15626 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15627 for more information.
15629 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15631 ;;;***
15633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15634 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15635 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15637 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15638 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15640 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15642 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15645 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15647 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15650 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15652 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15655 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15657 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15658 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15660 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15662 ;;;***
15664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22011 58553
15665 ;;;;;; 909858 469000))
15666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15668 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15669 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15670 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15671 to that buffer.
15672 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15673 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15674 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15675 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15677 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15679 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15681 ;;;***
15683 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22011 58553 645858 469000))
15684 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15686 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15687 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15688 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15689 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15690 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15691 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15692 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15693 first in this list.
15695 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15696 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15697 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15698 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15699 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15701 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15702 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15703 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15705 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15706 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15708 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15709 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15711 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15712 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15713 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15714 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15715 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15716 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15717 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15718 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15719 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15720 with the top-level Info directory.
15722 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15723 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15725 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15727 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15728 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15729 in all the directories in that path.
15731 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15733 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15735 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15736 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15738 \(fn)" t nil)
15740 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15741 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15743 \(fn)" t nil)
15745 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15746 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15747 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15748 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15750 \(fn)" nil nil)
15752 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15753 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15754 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15755 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15757 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15759 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15760 Go to the Info directory node.
15762 \(fn)" t nil)
15764 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15765 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15766 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15767 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15768 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15769 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15771 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15773 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15774 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15775 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15777 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15779 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15780 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15781 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15782 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15783 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15785 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15787 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15788 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15789 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15790 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15791 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15793 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15794 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15796 Selecting other nodes:
15797 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15798 Follow a node reference you click on.
15799 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15800 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15801 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15802 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15803 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15804 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15805 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15806 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15807 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15808 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15809 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15810 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15811 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15812 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15813 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15814 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15815 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15816 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15817 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15818 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15820 Moving within a node:
15821 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15822 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15823 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15824 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15825 move up to the parent node.
15826 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15827 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15828 if there is none.
15829 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15831 Advanced commands:
15832 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15833 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15834 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15835 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15836 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15837 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15838 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15839 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15840 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15841 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15842 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15843 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15844 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15845 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15846 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15847 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15849 \(fn)" t nil)
15850 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15852 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15853 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15854 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15855 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15856 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15857 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15859 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15860 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15862 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15863 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15864 KEY is a string.
15865 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15866 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15867 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15868 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15870 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15872 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15873 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15874 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15876 \(fn)" t nil)
15878 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15879 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15880 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15882 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15884 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15885 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15886 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15887 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15888 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15889 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15891 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15893 ;;;***
15895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22011 58553 641858
15896 ;;;;;; 469000))
15897 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15899 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15900 Throw away all cached data.
15901 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15902 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15903 system.
15905 \(fn)" t nil)
15906 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15908 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15909 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15910 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15911 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15912 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15913 one found at point.
15915 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15917 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15918 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15920 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15921 Display the documentation of a file.
15922 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15923 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15924 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15925 The default file name is the one found at point.
15927 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15929 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15931 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15932 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15934 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15936 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15937 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15939 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15941 ;;;***
15943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21978 61237 550488
15944 ;;;;;; 269000))
15945 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15946 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15948 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15949 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15950 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15951 current info file is the default.
15953 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15954 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15955 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15956 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15957 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15959 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15960 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15961 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15962 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15963 mistake in the reference.
15965 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15966 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15967 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15969 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15970 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15971 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15972 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15974 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15976 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15977 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15978 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15979 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15980 checked.
15982 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15983 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15984 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15985 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15986 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15987 should be harmless.
15989 \(fn)" t nil)
15991 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15992 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15993 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15994 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15996 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15997 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15998 and can take a long time.
16000 \(fn)" t nil)
16002 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16003 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16004 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16006 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16008 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16009 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16011 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16012 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16013 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16014 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16015 all builtins).
16017 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16018 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16019 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16020 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16021 the sources handy.
16023 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16025 ;;;***
16027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
16028 ;;;;;; 720000))
16029 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16031 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16032 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16034 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16036 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16037 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16039 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16041 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16042 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16043 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16044 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16046 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16047 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16048 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16050 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16051 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16052 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16053 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16055 \(fn)" t nil)
16057 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16058 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16059 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16061 \(fn)" t nil)
16063 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16064 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16065 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16066 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16067 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16069 \(fn)" nil nil)
16071 ;;;***
16073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
16074 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16077 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16080 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16082 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16084 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16086 ;;;***
16088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21993 28595
16089 ;;;;;; 998597 473000))
16090 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16091 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16093 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16094 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16095 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16097 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16099 ;;;***
16101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22003
16102 ;;;;;; 64432 624146 533000))
16103 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16105 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16106 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16108 \(fn)" t nil)
16110 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16111 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16113 \(fn)" t nil)
16115 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16118 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16120 ;;;***
16122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 65327 504606
16123 ;;;;;; 256000))
16124 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16125 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16127 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16128 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16129 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16130 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16131 accessed via isearchb.
16133 \(fn)" t nil)
16135 ;;;***
16137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22011
16138 ;;;;;; 58553 645858 469000))
16139 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16141 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16142 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16143 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16144 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16145 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16147 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16149 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16150 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16151 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16152 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16153 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16155 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16157 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16158 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16159 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16160 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16161 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16163 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16165 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16166 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16167 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16168 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16169 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16171 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16173 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16174 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16175 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16176 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16177 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16179 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16181 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16182 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16183 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16184 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16185 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16187 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16189 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16190 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16191 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16192 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16193 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16195 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16197 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16198 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16199 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16200 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16202 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16204 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16205 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16206 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16207 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16209 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16211 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16212 Warn that format is read-only.
16214 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16216 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16217 Warn that format is write-only.
16219 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16221 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16222 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16224 \(fn)" t nil)
16226 ;;;***
16228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16229 ;;;;;; (21840 19142 552627 956000))
16230 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16231 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16232 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16234 ;;;***
16236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22011 58554
16237 ;;;;;; 45858 469000))
16238 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16240 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16242 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16243 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16244 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16245 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16246 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16248 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16250 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16252 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16253 Key map for ispell menu.")
16255 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16256 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16257 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16258 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16260 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16262 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16264 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16266 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16268 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16269 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16270 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16271 Valid forms include:
16272 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16273 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16274 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16275 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16277 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16278 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16279 First list is used raw.
16280 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16282 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16283 for skipping in latex mode.")
16285 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16286 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16287 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16288 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16289 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16290 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16291 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16293 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16294 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16295 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16296 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16298 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16299 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16300 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16301 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16302 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16304 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16305 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16307 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16308 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16310 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16311 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16313 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16314 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16316 Return values:
16317 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16318 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16319 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16320 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16321 quit spell session exited.
16323 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16325 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16326 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16327 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16329 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16331 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16332 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16334 Selections are:
16336 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16337 SPC: Accept word this time.
16338 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16339 `a': Accept word for this session.
16340 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16341 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16342 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16343 `?': Show these commands.
16344 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16345 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16346 the aborted check to be completed later.
16347 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16348 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16349 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16350 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16351 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16352 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16353 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16355 \(fn)" nil nil)
16357 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16358 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16359 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16360 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16362 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16364 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16365 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16366 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16367 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16369 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16371 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16373 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16374 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16375 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16376 amount for last line processed.
16378 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16380 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16381 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16383 \(fn)" t nil)
16385 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16386 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16388 \(fn)" t nil)
16390 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16391 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16392 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16394 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16396 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16397 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16399 \(fn)" t nil)
16401 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16402 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16403 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16404 sequence inside of a word.
16406 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16408 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16410 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16411 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16413 \(fn)" t nil)
16415 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16416 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16417 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16418 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16420 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16421 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16422 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16423 available on the net.
16425 \(fn)" t nil)
16427 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16428 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16429 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16430 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16431 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16433 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16434 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16435 spelled.
16437 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16438 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16439 SPC.
16441 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16442 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16446 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16447 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16448 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16449 Don't check included messages.
16451 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16452 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16453 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16455 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16456 in your init file:
16457 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16458 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16459 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16460 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16462 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16463 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16464 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16466 \(fn)" t nil)
16468 ;;;***
16470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22011
16471 ;;;;;; 58553 673858 469000))
16472 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16474 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16477 \(fn)" nil nil)
16479 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16480 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16481 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16482 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16483 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16484 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16485 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16486 necessary to represent OBJ.
16488 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16490 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16491 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16492 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16493 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16495 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16497 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16498 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16499 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16500 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16501 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16503 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16505 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16506 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16507 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16508 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16510 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16512 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16513 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16514 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16515 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16517 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16519 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16520 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16522 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16524 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16525 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16526 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16527 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16528 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16530 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16532 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16533 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16534 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16535 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16536 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16538 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16540 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16541 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16542 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16544 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16546 ;;;***
16548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16549 ;;;;;; 720000))
16550 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16552 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16553 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16554 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16555 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16557 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16560 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16562 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16563 Uninstall jka-compr.
16564 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16565 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16566 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16568 \(fn)" nil nil)
16570 ;;;***
16572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22026 25907 635502
16573 ;;;;;; 692000))
16574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16575 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16577 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16578 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16580 \(fn)" t nil)
16581 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16583 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16585 ;;;***
16587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21998 46517 78024 649000))
16588 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16589 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16591 ;;;***
16593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16594 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16595 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16597 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16598 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16599 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16600 decimal key must be specified.")
16602 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16604 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16605 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16606 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16607 decimal key must be specified.")
16609 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16611 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16612 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16613 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16614 decimal key must be specified.")
16616 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16618 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16619 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16620 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16621 decimal key must be specified.")
16623 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16625 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16626 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16627 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16628 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16629 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16630 keys are bound.
16632 Setup Binding
16633 -------------------------------------------------------------
16634 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16635 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16636 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16637 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16638 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16639 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16640 in the global and local keymaps.
16642 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16643 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16645 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16647 ;;;***
16649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16650 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16651 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16653 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16654 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16655 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16657 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16658 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16659 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16660 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16661 shorter.
16663 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16664 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16665 the context of text formatting.
16667 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16669 ;;;***
16671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21978 61237 570488
16672 ;;;;;; 269000))
16673 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16675 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16676 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16677 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16678 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16679 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16680 positions that contains the current selection.")
16682 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16683 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16684 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16685 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16686 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16687 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16688 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16690 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16692 ;;;***
16694 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21990 52406 604500 385000))
16695 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16696 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16697 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16698 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16699 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16700 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16701 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16702 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16704 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16705 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16706 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16708 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16710 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16711 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16712 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16713 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16714 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16716 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16718 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16719 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16720 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16722 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16723 defining the macro.
16725 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16726 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16727 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16729 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16730 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16732 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16734 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16735 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16736 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16737 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16738 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16739 under that name.
16741 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16742 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16743 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16745 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16747 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16748 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16749 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16750 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16752 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16753 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16754 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16755 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16757 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16758 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16760 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16762 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16763 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16764 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16766 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16767 macro.
16769 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16770 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16772 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16773 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16774 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16776 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16777 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16779 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16781 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16782 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16783 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16784 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16786 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16788 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16789 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16790 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16791 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16793 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16794 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16796 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16798 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16799 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16800 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16802 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16804 ;;;***
16806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16807 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16808 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16810 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16811 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16812 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16814 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16817 \(fn)" nil nil)
16819 ;;;***
16821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16822 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16823 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16825 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16828 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16830 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16831 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16832 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16833 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16834 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16835 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16837 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16838 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16840 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16842 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16843 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16845 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16847 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16850 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16852 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16855 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16857 ;;;***
16859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16860 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16861 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16863 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16864 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16865 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16866 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16868 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16870 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16871 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16872 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16874 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16876 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16877 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16878 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16880 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16882 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16883 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16884 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16885 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16887 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16889 ;;;***
16891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16892 ;;;;;; (22011 58553 645858 469000))
16893 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16895 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16896 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16897 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16898 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16899 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16900 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16901 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16902 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16904 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16905 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16907 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16908 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16910 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16912 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16913 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16914 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16915 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16916 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16917 `latin1-display-setup'.
16919 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16921 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16922 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16923 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16924 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16926 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16927 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16929 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16931 ;;;***
16933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16934 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16935 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16937 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16938 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16940 \(fn)" t nil)
16942 ;;;***
16944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (21890
16945 ;;;;;; 39605 402073 663000))
16946 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16947 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16949 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16950 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16951 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16952 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16954 For instance, the following code
16956 (let-alist alist
16957 (if (and .title .body)
16958 .body
16959 .site
16960 .site.contents))
16962 essentially expands to
16964 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16965 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16966 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16967 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16968 (if (and .title .body)
16969 .body
16970 .site
16971 .site.contents))
16973 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16974 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16975 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16976 displayed in the example above.
16978 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16980 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16982 ;;;***
16984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16985 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16987 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16988 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16989 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16990 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16991 generations (this defaults to 1).
16993 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16995 ;;;***
16997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21855 577 57945 485000))
16998 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16999 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17001 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17002 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17003 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17004 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17005 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17007 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17011 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17012 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
17013 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17015 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17016 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17018 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17020 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17021 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17022 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17023 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17024 ARG is omitted or nil.
17026 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17027 `linum-on' would do it.
17028 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17032 ;;;***
17034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22011 58553 673858
17035 ;;;;;; 469000))
17036 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17038 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17039 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17040 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17041 is nil, raise an error.
17043 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17044 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17045 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17046 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17047 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17048 defined by the library.
17050 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17051 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17052 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17053 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17054 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17055 proceeds.
17057 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17058 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17059 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17060 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17062 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17064 ;;;***
17066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17067 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17069 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17070 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17071 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17073 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17075 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17076 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17077 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17078 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17080 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17081 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17082 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17083 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17084 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17085 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17086 the version.)
17088 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17089 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17091 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17092 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17094 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17095 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17097 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17099 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17100 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17101 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17102 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17103 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17104 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17105 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17106 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17107 to constrain a big search.
17109 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17111 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17112 except that FILTER is not optional.
17114 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17116 ;;;***
17118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22011 58554 93858
17119 ;;;;;; 469000))
17120 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17122 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17123 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17124 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17125 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17126 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17127 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17128 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17129 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17130 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17131 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17133 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17134 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17135 associated values:
17136 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17137 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17138 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17139 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17140 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17142 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17143 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17144 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17146 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17148 ;;;***
17150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21947 19252 637252
17151 ;;;;;; 749000))
17152 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17154 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17155 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17157 \(fn)" t nil)
17159 ;;;***
17161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22011 58553 673858 469000))
17162 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17164 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17165 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17167 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17168 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17170 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17171 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17172 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17174 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17175 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17177 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17178 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17179 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17180 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17181 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17182 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17183 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17185 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17187 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17188 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17189 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17190 switch on this list.
17191 See `lpr-command'.")
17193 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17195 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17196 Name of program for printing a file.
17198 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17199 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17200 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17201 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17202 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17203 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17204 argument.")
17206 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17208 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17209 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17210 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17211 for customization of the printer command.
17213 \(fn)" t nil)
17215 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17216 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17218 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17219 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17220 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17221 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17223 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17224 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17226 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17227 for further customization of the printer command.
17229 \(fn)" t nil)
17231 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17232 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17233 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17234 for customization of the printer command.
17236 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17238 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17239 Paginate and print the region contents.
17241 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17242 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17243 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17244 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17246 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17247 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17249 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17250 for further customization of the printer command.
17252 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17254 ;;;***
17256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21993 28596 150597
17257 ;;;;;; 473000))
17258 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17260 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17261 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17262 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17264 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17266 ;;;***
17268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17269 ;;;;;; 725000))
17270 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17272 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17273 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17274 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17275 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17279 ;;;***
17281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22015 55603
17282 ;;;;;; 805705 321000))
17283 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17285 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17286 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17288 \(fn)" t nil)
17290 ;;;***
17292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21887 28847 979667 16000))
17293 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17295 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17296 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17297 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17298 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17299 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17301 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17303 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17304 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17305 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17306 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17307 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17309 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17310 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17311 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17312 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17313 bindings.
17315 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17316 use this command, and then save the file.
17318 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17320 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17321 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17322 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17323 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17324 each time the macro executes.
17325 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17326 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17327 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17328 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17329 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17330 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17331 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17333 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17335 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17336 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17337 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17338 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17340 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17341 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17342 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17343 execute.
17345 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17346 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17348 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17349 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17350 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17351 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17352 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17354 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17355 looked like this:
17357 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17358 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17359 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17361 You could enter the names in this format:
17367 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17369 \\C-x (
17370 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17371 \\C-x )
17373 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17374 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17376 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17377 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17379 ;;;***
17381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22026 25907
17382 ;;;;;; 599502 692000))
17383 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17385 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17386 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17387 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17388 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17389 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17390 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17392 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17393 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17394 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17395 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17396 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17398 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17399 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17400 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17401 consing a string.)
17403 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17405 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17406 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17408 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17410 ;;;***
17412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17413 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17414 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17416 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17417 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17419 \(fn)" nil nil)
17421 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17424 \(fn)" nil nil)
17426 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17427 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17429 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17431 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17432 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17433 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17434 message.
17436 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17438 \(fn)" nil nil)
17440 ;;;***
17442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21964 28338
17443 ;;;;;; 125695 749000))
17444 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17446 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17447 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17448 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17449 often correct parser.")
17451 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17453 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17454 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17455 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17456 a value which excludes your own email address.
17458 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17459 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17461 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17463 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17464 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17466 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17468 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17469 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17470 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17471 we return it unconverted.
17473 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17474 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17476 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17478 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17479 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17480 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17481 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17483 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17485 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17486 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17487 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17488 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17490 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17492 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17493 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17494 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17495 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17496 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17497 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17498 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17499 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17500 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17501 as Rmail does.
17503 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17505 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17506 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17507 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17508 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17509 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17510 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17511 matches may be returned from the message body.
17513 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17515 ;;;***
17517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21850 35149
17518 ;;;;;; 497265 880000))
17519 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17521 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17522 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17523 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17524 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17525 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17526 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17528 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17530 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17531 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17532 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17533 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17534 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17536 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17537 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17538 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17539 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17543 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17544 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17546 \(fn)" nil nil)
17548 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17549 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17550 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17552 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17554 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17555 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17556 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17558 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17559 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17560 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17561 double-quotes.
17563 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17565 ;;;***
17567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21993 28596
17568 ;;;;;; 166597 473000))
17569 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17571 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17572 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17573 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17574 king@grassland.com
17575 If `parens', they look like:
17576 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17577 If `angles', they look like:
17578 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17580 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17582 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17583 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17584 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17585 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17586 their `Resent-' variants.
17588 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17589 removed from alias expansions.
17591 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17593 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17594 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17595 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17597 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17598 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17599 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17600 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17602 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17604 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17605 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17606 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17608 \(fn)" nil nil)
17610 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17611 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17612 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17613 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17615 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17617 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17619 ;;;***
17621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22011 58553
17622 ;;;;;; 693858 469000))
17623 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17625 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17626 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17627 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17628 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17630 \(fn)" nil nil)
17632 ;;;***
17634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22011
17635 ;;;;;; 58553 913858 469000))
17636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17638 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17639 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17641 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17642 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17643 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17644 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17645 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17646 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17648 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17649 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17650 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17651 dependency, despite the colon.
17653 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17655 In the browser, use the following keys:
17657 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17659 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17661 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17662 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17664 `makefile-target-colon':
17665 The string that gets appended to all target names
17666 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17667 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17669 `makefile-macro-assign':
17670 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17671 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17672 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17673 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17674 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17675 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17677 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17678 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17679 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17681 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17682 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17684 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17685 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17686 up or down in the browser.
17688 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17689 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17691 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17692 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17694 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17695 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17696 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17697 has been selected in the browser.
17699 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17700 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17701 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17702 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17703 filenames are omitted.
17705 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17706 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17707 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17708 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17709 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17710 the backslash itself intact.
17711 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17712 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17714 `makefile-browser-hook':
17715 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17716 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17718 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17719 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17720 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17721 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17723 \(fn)" t nil)
17725 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17726 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17728 \(fn)" t nil)
17730 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17731 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17733 \(fn)" t nil)
17735 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17736 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17738 \(fn)" t nil)
17740 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17741 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17743 \(fn)" t nil)
17745 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17746 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17748 \(fn)" t nil)
17750 ;;;***
17752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17753 ;;;;;; 720000))
17754 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17756 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17757 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17758 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17760 \(fn)" t nil)
17762 ;;;***
17764 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22026 25907 603502 692000))
17765 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17767 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17769 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17770 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17771 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17772 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17773 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17774 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17775 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17776 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17777 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17778 without running the man command.
17780 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17781 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17782 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17784 cat(1)
17785 1 cat
17787 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17788 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17789 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17790 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17792 -a chmod
17794 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17795 otherwise look like a page name.
17797 /my/file/name.1.gz
17798 -l somefile.1
17800 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17801 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17802 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17804 -k pattern
17806 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17808 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17809 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17811 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17813 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17814 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17816 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17818 ;;;***
17820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (21996 4784 808983
17821 ;;;;;; 429000))
17822 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17823 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17825 ;;;***
17827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17828 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17829 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17831 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17832 Toggle Master mode.
17833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17834 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17835 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17837 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17838 using the following commands:
17840 \\{master-mode-map}
17842 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17843 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17844 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17848 ;;;***
17850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17851 ;;;;;; 720000))
17852 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17854 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17855 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17856 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17857 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17858 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17859 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17861 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17863 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17864 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17865 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17866 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17867 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17869 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17870 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17871 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17872 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17876 ;;;***
17878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17880 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17882 ;;;***
17884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22011 58553 581858
17885 ;;;;;; 469000))
17886 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17888 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17890 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17891 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17892 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17893 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17894 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17895 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17896 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17897 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17898 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17899 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17900 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17901 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17902 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17903 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17904 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17905 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17906 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17907 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17908 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17909 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17910 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17911 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17912 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17913 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17914 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17915 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17916 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17917 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17918 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17919 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17920 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17921 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17922 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17923 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17924 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17925 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17926 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17927 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17929 \(fn)" t nil)
17931 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17932 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17933 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17934 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17935 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17937 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17939 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17940 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17942 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17944 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17945 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17947 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17949 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17950 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17952 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17954 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17955 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17956 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17958 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17960 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17961 Cancel an article you posted.
17962 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17966 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17967 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17968 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17969 header line with the old Message-ID.
17971 \(fn)" t nil)
17973 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17974 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17976 \(fn)" t nil)
17978 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17979 Forward the current message via mail.
17980 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17981 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17983 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17985 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17988 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17990 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17993 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17995 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17996 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17998 \(fn)" t nil)
18000 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18001 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18003 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18005 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18006 Re-mail the current message.
18007 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18008 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18009 you.
18011 \(fn)" t nil)
18013 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18014 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18016 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18018 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18019 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18021 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18023 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18024 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18026 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18028 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18029 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18031 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18033 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18034 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18035 Works by overstriking characters.
18036 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18037 which specify the range to operate on.
18039 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18041 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18042 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18043 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18044 which specify the range to operate on.
18046 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18048 ;;;***
18050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
18051 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18052 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18053 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18055 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18056 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18058 \(fn)" t nil)
18060 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18061 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18063 \(fn)" t nil)
18065 ;;;***
18067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21980 16567
18068 ;;;;;; 769544 893000))
18069 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18071 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18072 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18073 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18075 \(fn)" t nil)
18077 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18078 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18079 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18080 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18081 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18082 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18083 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18085 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18087 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18088 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18089 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18090 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18091 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18092 means current).
18093 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18094 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18096 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18098 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18099 Process current region through `metamail'.
18100 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18101 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18102 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18103 means current).
18104 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18105 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18107 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18109 ;;;***
18111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22011 58553 729858
18112 ;;;;;; 469000))
18113 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18115 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18116 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18117 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18119 \(fn)" t nil)
18121 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18122 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18123 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18125 \(fn)" t nil)
18127 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18128 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18130 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18131 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18132 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18134 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18135 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18137 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18138 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18140 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18142 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18144 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18145 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18146 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18147 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18148 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18149 as `compose-mail'.
18151 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18152 initial Subject field, respectively.
18154 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18155 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18156 are strings.
18158 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18159 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18161 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18163 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18164 Save draft and send message.
18166 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18167 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18168 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18169 Mail Delivery*\".
18171 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18172 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18173 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18175 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18176 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18177 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18178 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18179 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18180 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18182 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18183 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18185 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18186 message and scan line.
18188 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18190 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18191 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18193 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18194 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18195 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18196 delete the draft message.
18198 \(fn)" t nil)
18200 ;;;***
18202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22011 58553 749858 469000))
18203 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18204 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18206 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18208 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18210 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18212 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18213 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18215 \(fn)" t nil)
18217 ;;;***
18219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22011 58553
18220 ;;;;;; 749858 469000))
18221 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18223 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18224 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18225 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18227 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18228 the MH mail system.
18230 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18232 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18233 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18234 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18236 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18237 the MH mail system.
18239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18241 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18242 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18244 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18245 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18246 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18247 separate command.
18249 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18250 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18251 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18252 format.
18254 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18256 Ranges
18257 ======
18258 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18259 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18260 can be used in several ways.
18262 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18263 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18264 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18265 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18266 page):
18268 <num1>-<num2>
18269 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18270 The range must be nonempty.
18272 <num>:N
18273 <num>:+N
18274 <num>:-N
18275 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18276 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18277 last.
18279 first:N
18280 prev:N
18281 next:N
18282 last:N
18283 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18286 All of the messages.
18288 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18289 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18291 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18292 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18293 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18295 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18297 \(fn)" t nil)
18299 ;;;***
18301 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21822 58098 20521
18302 ;;;;;; 61000))
18303 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18305 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18306 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18307 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18308 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18309 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18310 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18312 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18314 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18315 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18319 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18320 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18321 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18322 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18323 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18324 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18325 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18326 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18327 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18328 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18329 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18331 \(fn)" t nil)
18333 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18334 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18335 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18336 to its second argument TM.
18338 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18340 ;;;***
18342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18343 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18344 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18346 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18347 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18348 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18349 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18350 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18351 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18353 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18355 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18356 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18357 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18358 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18359 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18361 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18362 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18363 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18364 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18365 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18366 is modified to remove the default indication.
18368 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18370 ;;;***
18372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18373 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18375 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18376 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18377 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18378 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18379 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18380 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18381 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18382 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18383 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18385 \(fn)" t nil)
18387 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18388 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18389 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18390 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18391 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18392 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18393 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18394 The return value is always nil.
18396 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18398 ;;;***
18400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 36 720489 297000))
18401 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18402 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18404 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18405 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18407 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18408 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18409 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18410 next occurrence.
18412 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18413 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18414 end of the search space).
18416 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18417 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18418 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18419 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18420 should return the previous buffer to search.
18422 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18423 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18424 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18426 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18427 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18428 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18429 Isearch starts.")
18431 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18432 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18433 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18435 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18436 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18437 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18439 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18440 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18442 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18443 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18444 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18446 \(fn)" nil nil)
18448 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18449 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18450 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18451 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18452 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18453 whose names match the specified regexp.
18455 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18457 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18458 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18459 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18460 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18461 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18462 whose names match the specified regexp.
18464 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18466 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18467 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18468 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18469 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18470 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18471 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18472 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18474 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18476 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18477 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18478 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18479 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18480 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18481 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18482 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18484 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18486 ;;;***
18488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18489 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18490 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18491 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18493 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18494 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18496 \(fn)" t nil)
18498 ;;;***
18500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18501 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18504 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18505 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18507 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18509 ;;;***
18511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18512 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18513 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18515 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18516 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18518 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18520 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18521 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18522 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18523 the entire message.
18524 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18526 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18528 ;;;***
18530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18531 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18532 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18534 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18535 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18536 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18537 the entire message.
18538 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18540 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18542 ;;;***
18544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18545 ;;;;;; 720000))
18546 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18548 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18549 Insert file contents of URL.
18550 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18552 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18554 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18555 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18557 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18559 ;;;***
18561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22010 37685 116774
18562 ;;;;;; 305000))
18563 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18565 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18566 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18567 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18568 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18569 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18571 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18573 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18574 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18575 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18577 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18579 ;;;***
18581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21826 49866 790514 606000))
18582 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18584 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18585 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18587 \(fn)" nil nil)
18589 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18590 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18591 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18592 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18593 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18595 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18596 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18597 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18598 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18599 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18600 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18602 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18604 ;;;***
18606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18607 ;;;;;; 720000))
18608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18610 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18613 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18615 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18618 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18620 ;;;***
18622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18623 ;;;;;; 720000))
18624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18626 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18629 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18631 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18634 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18636 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18639 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18641 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18644 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18646 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18649 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18651 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18654 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18656 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18659 \(fn)" nil nil)
18661 ;;;***
18663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22011 58553
18664 ;;;;;; 245858 469000))
18665 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18667 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18669 ;;;***
18671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18672 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18675 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18677 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18678 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18679 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18680 followed by the first character of the construct.
18681 \\<m2-mode-map>
18682 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18683 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18684 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18685 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18686 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18687 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18688 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18689 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18690 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18691 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18692 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18693 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18694 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18695 \\[m2-link] link
18697 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18698 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18699 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18701 \(fn)" t nil)
18703 ;;;***
18705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22026 25907 631502
18706 ;;;;;; 692000))
18707 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18709 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18710 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18712 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18714 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18715 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18717 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18719 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18720 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18722 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18724 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18725 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18727 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18729 ;;;***
18731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21993 28596 194597
18732 ;;;;;; 473000))
18733 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18735 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18736 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18738 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18739 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18740 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18742 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18743 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18744 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18746 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18747 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18749 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18750 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18751 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18752 hemisphere you're in.)
18754 To test this function, evaluate:
18755 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18757 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18759 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18760 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18762 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18763 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18765 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18766 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18767 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18769 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18770 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18772 To test this function, evaluate:
18773 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18775 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18777 ;;;***
18779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22002 43570 536887 749000))
18780 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18782 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18783 Main entry point for MPC.
18785 \(fn)" t nil)
18787 ;;;***
18789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18790 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18792 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18793 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18795 \(fn)" t nil)
18797 ;;;***
18799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22011 58553 757858 469000))
18800 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18802 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18803 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18804 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18805 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18806 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18807 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18809 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18811 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18812 Toggle Msb mode.
18813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18814 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18815 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18817 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18818 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18822 ;;;***
18824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21998
18825 ;;;;;; 46517 78024 649000))
18826 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18828 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18829 Display a list of all character sets.
18831 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18832 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18833 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18834 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18835 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18837 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18838 but still shows the full information.
18840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18842 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18843 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18844 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18846 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18847 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18848 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18849 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18850 meanings of these arguments.
18852 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18854 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18855 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18857 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18859 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18860 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18862 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18864 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18865 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18867 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18869 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18870 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18872 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18873 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18874 in place of `..':
18875 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18876 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18877 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18878 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18879 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18880 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18881 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18882 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18883 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18884 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18885 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18886 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18887 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18888 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18889 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18890 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18892 \(fn)" t nil)
18894 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18895 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18897 \(fn)" t nil)
18899 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18900 Display a list of all coding systems.
18901 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18903 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18904 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18908 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18909 Display a list of all coding categories.
18911 \(fn)" nil nil)
18913 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18914 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18915 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18917 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18919 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18920 Display information about FONTSET.
18921 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18923 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18925 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18926 Display a list of all fontsets.
18927 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18928 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18929 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18931 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18933 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18934 Display information about all input methods.
18936 \(fn)" t nil)
18938 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18939 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18941 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18942 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18943 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18944 system which uses fontsets).
18946 \(fn)" t nil)
18948 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18949 Show log of font listing and opening.
18950 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18951 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18953 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18955 ;;;***
18957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22002
18958 ;;;;;; 43570 532887 749000))
18959 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18961 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18962 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18964 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18965 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18967 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18968 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18970 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18972 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18973 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18974 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18975 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18976 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18977 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18978 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18980 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18981 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18982 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18983 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18984 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18985 middle of a character in STR.
18987 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18988 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18990 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18991 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18992 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18993 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18994 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18996 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18998 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18999 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19001 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19002 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19003 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19005 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19006 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19007 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19009 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19010 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19011 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19012 are considered.
19013 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19014 longer than KEYSEQ.
19015 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19017 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19019 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19020 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19021 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19022 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19023 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19024 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19025 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19026 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19027 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19028 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19029 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19031 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19033 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19034 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19036 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19038 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19039 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19041 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19043 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19044 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19046 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19048 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19049 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19051 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19053 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19054 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19055 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19056 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19057 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19059 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19060 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19062 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19063 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19064 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19065 coding systems ordered by priority.
19067 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19069 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19071 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19072 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19073 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19074 language environment LANG-ENV.
19076 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19078 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19079 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19080 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19081 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19082 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19083 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19085 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19087 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19088 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19089 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19090 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19091 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19092 QUALITY can be:
19093 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19094 excessive work.
19095 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19096 part of the file/buffer.
19097 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19099 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19101 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19102 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19103 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19104 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19105 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19106 QUALITY can be:
19107 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19108 excessive work.
19109 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19110 part of the file/buffer.
19111 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19113 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19115 ;;;***
19117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22011 58553
19118 ;;;;;; 761858 469000))
19119 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19121 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19122 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19124 \(fn)" t nil)
19126 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19127 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19129 \(fn)" t nil)
19131 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19132 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19134 \(fn)" t nil)
19136 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19137 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19139 \(fn)" t nil)
19141 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19142 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19144 \(fn)" t nil)
19146 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19147 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19149 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19151 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19152 Ping HOST.
19153 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19154 `ping-program-options'.
19156 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19158 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19159 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19161 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19163 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19164 Run nslookup program.
19166 \(fn)" t nil)
19168 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19169 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19171 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19173 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19174 Run dig program.
19176 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19178 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19179 Run ftp program.
19181 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19183 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19184 Finger USER on HOST.
19186 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19188 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19189 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19190 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19191 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19193 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19195 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19198 \(fn)" t nil)
19200 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19201 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19203 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19205 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19206 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19208 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19210 ;;;***
19212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19213 ;;;;;; 720000))
19214 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19216 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19217 Return a user name/password pair.
19218 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19219 listed in the PORTS list.
19221 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19223 ;;;***
19225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21855
19226 ;;;;;; 577 147947 107000))
19227 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19229 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19230 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19231 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19232 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19233 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19234 closes it.
19236 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19237 make it unique.
19238 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19239 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19240 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19241 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19242 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19243 a port number to connect to.
19245 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19246 values:
19248 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19249 nil or `network'
19250 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19251 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19252 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19253 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19254 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19255 an unencrypted connection.
19256 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19257 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19258 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19259 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19260 returned object is a killed process.
19261 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19262 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19263 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19265 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19266 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19267 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19268 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19269 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19270 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19271 or nil if none could be found.
19272 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19273 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19275 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19277 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19278 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19279 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19281 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19282 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19283 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19285 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19286 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19287 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19289 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19290 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19291 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19292 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19294 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19295 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19297 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19298 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19299 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19300 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19301 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19302 or STARTTLS connections.
19304 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19305 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19307 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19308 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19310 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19311 a greeting from the server.
19313 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19314 asynchronously, if possible.
19316 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19318 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19320 ;;;***
19322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22011
19323 ;;;;;; 58553 765858 469000))
19324 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19326 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19327 Check whether newsticker is running.
19328 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19329 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19331 \(fn)" nil nil)
19333 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19334 Start the newsticker.
19335 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19336 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19337 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19338 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19340 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19342 ;;;***
19344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19345 ;;;;;; (21980 16567 809544 893000))
19346 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19348 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19349 Start newsticker plainview.
19351 \(fn)" t nil)
19353 ;;;***
19355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22011
19356 ;;;;;; 58553 765858 469000))
19357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19359 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19360 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19362 \(fn)" t nil)
19364 ;;;***
19366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19367 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19368 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19370 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19371 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19372 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19373 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19374 empty.
19376 \(fn)" nil nil)
19378 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19379 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19380 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19381 running already.
19383 \(fn)" t nil)
19385 ;;;***
19387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21998
19388 ;;;;;; 46517 110024 649000))
19389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19391 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19392 Start newsticker treeview.
19394 \(fn)" t nil)
19396 ;;;***
19398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21990 52406 596500
19399 ;;;;;; 385000))
19400 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19402 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19403 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19405 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19407 ;;;***
19409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22011 58553 585858
19410 ;;;;;; 469000))
19411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19413 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19414 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19415 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19416 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19417 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19418 symbol in the alist.
19420 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19422 ;;;***
19424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19425 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19428 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19429 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19430 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19432 \(fn)" t nil)
19434 ;;;***
19436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21948 40114 266686 453000))
19437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19439 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19440 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19442 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19444 ;;;***
19446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21985 34484 234705 925000))
19447 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19449 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19451 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19452 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19453 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19455 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19458 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19460 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19461 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19462 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19463 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19464 to future sessions.
19466 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19468 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19469 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19470 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19471 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19472 future sessions.
19474 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19476 ;;;***
19478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19479 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19480 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19482 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19483 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19484 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19485 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19486 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19487 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19489 \(fn)" t nil)
19491 ;;;***
19493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21997 25649 666447 325000))
19494 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19495 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19497 ;;;***
19499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19500 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19501 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19503 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19504 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19505 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19506 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19508 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19510 ;;;***
19512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22021 7991
19513 ;;;;;; 61719 83000))
19514 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19516 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19517 Major mode for editing XML.
19519 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19520 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19521 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19522 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19523 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19524 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19525 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19527 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19529 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19530 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19532 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19533 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19534 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19535 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19536 instead of C-c.
19538 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19539 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19540 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19541 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19542 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19543 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19545 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19546 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19547 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19549 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19550 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19551 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19553 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19554 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19555 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19556 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19557 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19558 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19559 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19560 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19561 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19563 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19565 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19566 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19568 \(fn)" t nil)
19569 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19571 ;;;***
19573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19574 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19575 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19577 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19578 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19579 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19580 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19582 \(fn)" t nil)
19584 ;;;***
19586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22027 46774
19587 ;;;;;; 680310 591000))
19588 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19590 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19591 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19593 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19594 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19595 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19596 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19598 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19600 Key bindings:
19601 \\{octave-mode-map}
19603 \(fn)" t nil)
19605 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19606 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19607 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19609 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19611 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19612 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19614 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19615 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19616 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19620 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19622 ;;;***
19624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21948 40114
19625 ;;;;;; 450686 453000))
19626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19628 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19630 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19631 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19632 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19633 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19634 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19636 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19638 Customization:
19640 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19641 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19642 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19643 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19644 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19645 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19646 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19647 Directories to search when finding external units.
19648 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19649 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19651 Coloring:
19653 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19654 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19656 \(fn)" t nil)
19658 ;;;***
19660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22011 58553 849858 469000))
19661 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19663 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19664 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19666 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19668 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19669 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19670 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19671 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19672 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19673 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19675 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19677 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19678 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19679 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19680 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19681 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19683 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19685 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19686 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19688 \(fn)" nil nil)
19690 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19691 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19693 \(fn)" nil nil)
19695 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19696 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19697 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19699 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19700 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19701 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19702 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19703 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19704 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19705 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19706 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19707 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19708 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19710 The following commands are available:
19712 \\{org-mode-map}
19714 \(fn)" t nil)
19716 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19717 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19719 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19720 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19721 in special contexts.
19723 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19724 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19725 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19726 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19727 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19728 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19729 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19730 properties in the buffer.
19731 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19732 including any drawers.
19734 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19736 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19737 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19738 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19739 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19740 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19741 and zoom in further.
19742 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19743 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19745 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19746 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19747 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19748 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19749 times right after creating a new headline.
19751 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19752 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19753 is negative, go up that many levels.
19755 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19756 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19757 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19759 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19760 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19761 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19762 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19766 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19767 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19768 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19769 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19772 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19774 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19775 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19776 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19777 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19778 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19779 defined by Org-mode).
19781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19783 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19784 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19786 \(fn)" nil nil)
19788 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19789 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19791 \(fn)" nil nil)
19793 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19794 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19795 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19796 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19797 call CMD.
19799 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19801 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19802 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19803 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19804 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19806 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19807 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19808 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19810 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19811 part of Org's core.
19813 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19814 active region.
19816 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19818 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19819 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19820 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19822 \(fn)" t nil)
19824 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19825 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19826 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19827 Org-mode syntax.
19829 \(fn)" t nil)
19831 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19832 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19834 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19836 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19837 Switch between Org buffers.
19838 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19839 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19841 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19842 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19846 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19848 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19850 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19851 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19852 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19853 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19855 \(fn)" t nil)
19857 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19858 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19860 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19862 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19863 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19864 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19866 \(fn)" t nil)
19868 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19869 Reload all org lisp files.
19870 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19872 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19874 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19875 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19877 \(fn)" t nil)
19879 ;;;***
19881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22011 58553
19882 ;;;;;; 805858 469000))
19883 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19885 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19886 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19888 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19890 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19891 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19892 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19893 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19895 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19896 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19897 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19898 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19899 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19900 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19901 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19902 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19903 e Export views to associated files.
19904 s Search entries for keywords.
19905 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19906 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19907 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19908 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19909 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19910 > Remove a previous restriction.
19911 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19912 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19913 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19915 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19916 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19917 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19919 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19920 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19921 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19922 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19923 \(if active).
19925 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19927 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19928 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19929 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19930 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19931 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19932 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19933 before running the agenda command.
19935 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19937 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19938 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19939 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19940 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19941 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19942 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19943 before running the agenda command.
19945 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19946 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19948 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19950 category The category of the item
19951 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19952 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19953 todo selected in TODO match
19954 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19955 diary imported from diary
19956 deadline a deadline on given date
19957 scheduled scheduled on given date
19958 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19959 closed entry was closed on given date
19960 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19961 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19962 block entry has date block including g. date
19963 todo The todo keyword, if any
19964 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19965 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19966 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19967 extra Sting with extra planning info
19968 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19969 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19970 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19972 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19974 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19975 Store agenda views.
19977 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19979 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19980 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19982 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19984 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19985 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19986 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19987 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19989 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19990 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19991 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19993 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19994 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19996 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19997 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19999 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20001 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20002 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20004 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20005 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20006 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20007 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20008 EDIT-AT.
20010 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20011 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20012 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20013 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20014 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20015 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20017 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20018 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20019 including newlines.
20021 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20022 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20023 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20024 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20025 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20026 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20027 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20029 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20030 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20031 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20032 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20034 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20035 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20036 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20037 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20038 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20039 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20040 Boolean search must match as full words.
20042 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20043 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20045 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20047 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20048 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20049 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20050 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20051 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20052 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20054 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20056 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20057 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20058 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20060 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20062 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20063 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20064 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20065 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20066 `org-stuck-projects'.
20068 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20070 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20071 Return diary information from org files.
20072 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20073 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20074 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20075 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20076 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20078 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20080 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20082 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20083 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20085 &%%(org-diary)
20087 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20088 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20089 So the example above may also be written as
20091 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20093 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20094 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20095 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20097 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20099 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20100 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20102 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20104 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20105 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20106 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
20107 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
20108 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20110 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20112 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20113 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20114 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20116 \(fn)" t nil)
20118 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20119 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20120 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20121 appointments.
20123 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20124 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20126 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20127 for filtering entries out.
20129 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20130 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20131 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20133 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20134 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20136 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20137 (category \"Work\"))
20139 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20140 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20142 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20143 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20144 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20145 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20146 details and examples.
20148 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20149 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20151 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20153 ;;;***
20155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21993 28596
20156 ;;;;;; 242597 473000))
20157 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20159 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20160 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20162 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20164 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20165 Capture something.
20166 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20167 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20168 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20169 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20170 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20171 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20173 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20174 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20175 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20176 stored.
20178 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20180 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20181 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20182 will be bypassed.
20184 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20185 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20186 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20187 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20189 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20191 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20192 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20194 \(fn)" t nil)
20196 ;;;***
20198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22011 58553
20199 ;;;;;; 809858 469000))
20200 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20202 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20203 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20205 \(fn)" t nil)
20207 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20210 \(fn)" nil nil)
20212 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20213 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20214 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20216 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20218 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20219 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20221 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20223 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20224 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20226 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20228 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20229 Write the column view table.
20230 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20232 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20233 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20234 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20235 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20236 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20237 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20238 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20239 using `org-id-find'.
20240 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20241 a hline before each level <= that number.
20242 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20243 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20244 :skip-empty-rows
20245 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20246 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20248 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20250 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20251 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20253 \(fn)" t nil)
20255 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20256 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20258 \(fn)" t nil)
20260 ;;;***
20262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21988 10681
20263 ;;;;;; 989624 461000))
20264 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20266 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20267 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20269 \(fn)" nil t)
20271 ;;;***
20273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21855 577 287944
20274 ;;;;;; 835000))
20275 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20277 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20278 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20280 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20282 ;;;***
20284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20285 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20286 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20288 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20289 The release version of org-mode.
20290 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20292 \(fn)" nil nil)
20294 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20295 The Git version of org-mode.
20296 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20298 \(fn)" nil nil)
20300 ;;;***
20302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21990 52406 672500
20303 ;;;;;; 385000))
20304 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20305 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20306 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20308 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20309 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20310 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20311 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20313 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20314 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20315 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20316 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20318 \\{outline-mode-map}
20319 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20320 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20321 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20322 are used when point is on a heading line.
20324 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20325 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20326 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20328 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20329 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20331 \(fn)" t nil)
20333 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20334 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20335 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20336 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20337 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20339 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20342 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20344 ;;;***
20346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22000 31493
20347 ;;;;;; 736082 901000))
20348 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20349 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20351 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20352 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20353 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20354 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20355 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20357 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20358 activate the package system at any time.")
20360 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20362 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20363 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20364 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20365 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20366 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20367 it to the file.
20368 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20369 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20370 loading packages twice.
20372 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20374 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20375 Import keys from FILE.
20377 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20379 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20380 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20381 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20382 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20383 and make them available for download.
20384 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20385 downloads in the background.
20387 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20389 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20390 Install the package PKG.
20391 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20392 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20394 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20395 `package-selected-packages'.
20397 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20398 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20400 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20402 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20403 Install a package from the current buffer.
20404 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20405 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20406 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20408 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20409 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20410 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20412 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20414 \(fn)" t nil)
20416 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20417 Install a package from a file.
20418 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20419 directory.
20421 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20423 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20424 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20425 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20427 \(fn)" t nil)
20429 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20430 Reinstall package PKG.
20431 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20432 object.
20434 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20436 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20437 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20439 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20440 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20441 will be deleted.
20443 \(fn)" t nil)
20445 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20446 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20448 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20450 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20451 Display a list of packages.
20452 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20453 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20454 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20456 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20458 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20460 ;;;***
20462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20463 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20465 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20466 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20467 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20468 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20469 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20470 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20472 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20474 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20475 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20476 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20477 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20478 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20480 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20481 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20482 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20486 ;;;***
20488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20489 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20490 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20491 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20493 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20494 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20495 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20496 unknown are returned as nil.
20498 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20500 ;;;***
20502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21974 64192
20503 ;;;;;; 644009 993000))
20504 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20506 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20507 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20508 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20510 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20511 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20513 Other useful functions are:
20515 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20516 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20517 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20518 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20519 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20520 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20521 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20522 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20523 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20525 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20527 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20528 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20529 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20530 Indentation for case statements.
20531 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20532 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20533 mark after an end.
20534 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20535 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20536 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20537 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20538 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20539 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20540 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20541 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20542 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20543 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20545 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20546 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20548 \(fn)" t nil)
20550 ;;;***
20552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20553 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20554 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20556 (defvar password-cache t "\
20557 Whether to cache passwords.")
20559 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20561 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20562 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20563 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20565 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20567 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20568 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20570 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20572 ;;;***
20574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22026 25907
20575 ;;;;;; 583502 692000))
20576 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20578 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20579 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20580 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20582 Patterns can take the following forms:
20583 _ matches anything.
20584 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20585 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20586 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20587 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20588 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20589 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20590 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20591 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20592 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20593 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20594 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20595 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20597 FUN can take the form
20598 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20599 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20600 which is the value being matched.
20601 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20602 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20603 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20604 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20605 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20606 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20607 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20609 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20610 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20612 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20614 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20616 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20617 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20619 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20621 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20623 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20624 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20625 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20626 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20627 variable name being but a special case of it).
20629 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20631 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20633 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20635 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20636 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20637 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20638 of the form (PAT EXP).
20640 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20642 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20644 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20645 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20646 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20647 of the form (PAT EXP).
20648 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20649 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20650 any kind of error.
20652 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20654 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20656 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20659 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20661 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20663 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20664 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20665 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20666 to this macro.
20668 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20670 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20672 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20674 ;;;***
20676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21998 46517 178024
20677 ;;;;;; 649000))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20680 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20681 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20683 \(fn)" nil nil)
20685 ;;;***
20687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20688 ;;;;;; 720000))
20689 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20691 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20692 Completion for `gzip'.
20694 \(fn)" nil nil)
20696 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20697 Completion for `bzip2'.
20699 \(fn)" nil nil)
20701 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20702 Completion for GNU `make'.
20704 \(fn)" nil nil)
20706 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20707 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20709 \(fn)" nil nil)
20711 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20713 ;;;***
20715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20716 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20717 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20719 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20720 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20722 \(fn)" nil nil)
20724 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20725 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20727 \(fn)" nil nil)
20729 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20730 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20732 \(fn)" nil nil)
20734 ;;;***
20736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20737 ;;;;;; 720000))
20738 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20740 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20741 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20743 \(fn)" nil nil)
20745 ;;;***
20747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21791 47660 796747
20748 ;;;;;; 422000))
20749 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20751 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20752 Completion for `cd'.
20754 \(fn)" nil nil)
20756 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20758 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20759 Completion for `rmdir'.
20761 \(fn)" nil nil)
20763 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20764 Completion for `rm'.
20766 \(fn)" nil nil)
20768 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20769 Completion for `xargs'.
20771 \(fn)" nil nil)
20773 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20775 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20776 Completion for `which'.
20778 \(fn)" nil nil)
20780 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20781 Completion for the `chown' command.
20783 \(fn)" nil nil)
20785 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20786 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20788 \(fn)" nil nil)
20790 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20791 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20793 \(fn)" nil nil)
20795 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20796 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20797 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20799 \(fn)" nil nil)
20801 ;;;***
20803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21980 16567 953544
20804 ;;;;;; 893000))
20805 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20807 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20808 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20810 \(fn)" nil nil)
20812 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20813 Completion for the `ack' command.
20814 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20815 long options.
20817 \(fn)" nil nil)
20819 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20821 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20822 Completion for the `ag' command.
20824 \(fn)" nil nil)
20826 ;;;***
20828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21980 16567 953544
20829 ;;;;;; 893000))
20830 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20832 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20833 Support extensible programmable completion.
20834 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20835 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20837 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20839 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20840 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20842 \(fn)" t nil)
20844 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20845 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20846 This will modify the current buffer.
20848 \(fn)" t nil)
20850 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20851 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20853 \(fn)" t nil)
20855 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20856 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20857 This will modify the current buffer.
20859 \(fn)" t nil)
20861 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20862 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20864 \(fn)" t nil)
20866 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20867 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20869 \(fn)" t nil)
20871 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20872 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20873 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20874 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20875 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20877 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20879 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20880 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20882 \(fn)" nil nil)
20884 ;;;***
20886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21985 34484 302705 925000))
20887 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20889 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20890 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20891 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20892 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20894 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20896 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20898 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20899 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20900 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20901 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20902 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20903 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20904 FLAGS is ignored.
20906 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20908 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20909 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20910 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20911 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20912 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20913 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20914 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20915 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20917 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20919 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20920 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20921 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20922 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20923 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20924 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20925 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20926 passed to cvs.
20928 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20930 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20931 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20932 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20933 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20934 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20935 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20936 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20938 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20940 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20941 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20942 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20944 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20946 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20947 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20948 A value of nil means never do it.
20949 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20950 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20951 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20953 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20955 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20956 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20957 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20959 ;;;***
20961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20962 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20963 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20965 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20966 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20968 ;;;***
20970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22011
20971 ;;;;;; 58553 921858 469000))
20972 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20973 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20974 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20975 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20976 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20977 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20978 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20980 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20981 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20982 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20983 Tab indents for Perl code.
20984 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20985 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20986 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20987 \\{perl-mode-map}
20988 Variables controlling indentation style:
20989 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20990 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20991 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20992 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20993 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20994 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20995 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20996 `perl-nochange'
20997 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20998 `perl-indent-level'
20999 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21000 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21001 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21002 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21003 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21004 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21005 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21006 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21007 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21008 `perl-brace-offset'
21009 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21010 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21011 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21012 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21013 `perl-label-offset'
21014 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21015 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21016 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21018 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21019 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21020 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21021 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21022 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21023 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21024 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21026 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21028 \(fn)" t nil)
21030 ;;;***
21032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
21033 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
21034 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21036 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21037 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21038 \\<picture-mode-map>
21039 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21040 afterwards settable by these commands:
21042 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21043 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21044 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21045 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21047 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21048 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21049 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21050 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21052 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21053 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21054 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21055 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21057 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21058 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21059 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21060 with these commands:
21062 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21063 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21064 Move to column following last
21065 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21066 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21067 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21068 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21069 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21070 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21072 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21074 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21075 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21076 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21077 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21078 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21079 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21081 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21082 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21083 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21084 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21085 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21086 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21087 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21089 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21090 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21091 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21092 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21093 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21094 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21095 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21096 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21098 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21099 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21100 by supplying an argument.
21102 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21104 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21105 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21107 \(fn)" t nil)
21109 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21111 ;;;***
21113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (21972 22452 338264
21114 ;;;;;; 357000))
21115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21116 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21118 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21119 Start a Pinentry service.
21121 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21122 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21124 \(fn)" t nil)
21126 ;;;***
21128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21786 29744 368212
21129 ;;;;;; 633000))
21130 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21132 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21133 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21135 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21137 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21138 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21140 \(fn)" t nil)
21142 ;;;***
21144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22026 25907 651502
21145 ;;;;;; 692000))
21146 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21148 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21149 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21150 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21152 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21154 ;;;***
21156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21157 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21159 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21160 Play pong and waste time.
21161 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21162 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21164 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21166 \\{pong-mode-map}
21168 \(fn)" t nil)
21170 ;;;***
21172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21974 64192 580009 993000))
21173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21175 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21176 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21177 Use streaming commands.
21179 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21181 ;;;***
21183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21184 ;;;;;; 725000))
21185 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21187 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21188 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21189 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21190 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21192 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21194 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21195 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21197 \(fn)" nil nil)
21199 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21200 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21201 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21202 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21203 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21205 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21207 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21208 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21209 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21211 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21213 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21214 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21216 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21218 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21219 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21220 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21221 Ignores leading comment characters.
21223 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21225 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21226 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21227 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21228 Ignores leading comment characters.
21230 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21232 ;;;***
21234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21990 52406 680500
21235 ;;;;;; 385000))
21236 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21237 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21239 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21240 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21242 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21244 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21248 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21249 Preview directory using ghostview.
21251 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21252 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21253 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21254 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21256 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21257 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21258 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21259 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21260 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21261 file name.
21263 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21265 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21267 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21268 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21270 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21271 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21272 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21273 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21275 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21276 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21277 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21278 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21279 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21280 file name.
21282 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21284 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21286 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21287 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21289 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21290 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21291 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21292 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21294 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21295 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21296 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21297 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21298 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21299 file name.
21301 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21303 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21305 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21306 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21308 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21310 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21311 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21312 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21313 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21315 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21316 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21317 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21318 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21319 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21320 file name.
21322 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21324 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21326 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21327 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21329 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21330 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21331 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21333 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21334 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21335 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21336 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21338 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21340 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21341 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21343 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21344 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21345 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21347 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21348 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21349 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21350 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21352 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21354 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21355 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21357 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21358 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21359 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21361 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21362 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21363 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21364 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21366 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21368 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21369 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21371 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21373 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21374 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21375 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21377 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21378 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21379 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21380 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21382 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21384 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21385 Preview region using ghostview.
21387 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21389 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21391 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21392 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21394 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21396 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21398 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21399 Print region using PostScript printer.
21401 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21403 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21405 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21406 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21408 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21410 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21412 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21413 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21415 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21417 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21419 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21420 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21422 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21424 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21426 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21427 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21429 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21431 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21433 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21434 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21436 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21438 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21440 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21441 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21442 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21443 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21445 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21446 matching.
21448 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21449 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21451 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21453 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21455 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21456 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21457 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21458 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21460 \(fn)" t nil)
21462 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21463 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21464 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21465 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21467 \(fn)" t nil)
21469 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21470 Print directory using text printer.
21472 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21473 matching.
21475 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21476 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21478 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21480 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21482 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21483 Print buffer using text printer.
21485 \(fn)" t nil)
21487 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21488 Print region using text printer.
21490 \(fn)" t nil)
21492 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21493 Print major mode using text printer.
21495 \(fn)" t nil)
21497 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21498 Preview spooled PostScript.
21500 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21501 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21502 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21504 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21505 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21506 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21508 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21510 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21511 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21513 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21514 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21515 instead of sending it to the printer.
21517 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21518 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21519 image in a file with that name.
21521 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21523 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21524 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21526 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21527 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21528 instead of sending it to the printer.
21530 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21531 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21532 image in a file with that name.
21534 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21536 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21537 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21539 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21540 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21541 instead of sending it to the printer.
21543 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21544 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21545 image in a file with that name.
21547 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21549 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21550 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21552 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21554 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21555 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21557 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21559 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21560 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21562 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21564 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21565 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21567 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21569 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21570 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21572 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21574 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21575 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21577 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21578 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21579 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21580 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21582 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21583 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21584 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21585 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21586 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21587 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21588 file name.
21590 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21592 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21593 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21595 \(fn)" t nil)
21597 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21598 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21600 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21601 right.
21602 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21603 bottom.
21605 \(fn)" t nil)
21607 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21608 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21610 \(fn)" t nil)
21612 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21613 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21615 \(fn)" t nil)
21617 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21618 Toggle printing with faces.
21620 \(fn)" t nil)
21622 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21623 Toggle spooling.
21625 \(fn)" t nil)
21627 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21628 Toggle duplex.
21630 \(fn)" t nil)
21632 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21633 Toggle tumble.
21635 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21636 right.
21637 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21638 bottom.
21640 \(fn)" t nil)
21642 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21643 Toggle landscape.
21645 \(fn)" t nil)
21647 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21648 Toggle upside-down.
21650 \(fn)" t nil)
21652 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21653 Toggle line number.
21655 \(fn)" t nil)
21657 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21658 Toggle zebra stripes.
21660 \(fn)" t nil)
21662 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21663 Toggle printing header.
21665 \(fn)" t nil)
21667 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21668 Toggle printing header frame.
21670 \(fn)" t nil)
21672 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21673 Toggle menu lock.
21675 \(fn)" t nil)
21677 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21678 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21680 \(fn)" t nil)
21682 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21683 Toggle auto mode.
21685 \(fn)" t nil)
21687 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21688 Customization of the `printing' group.
21690 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21692 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21693 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21695 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21697 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21698 Help for the printing package.
21700 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21702 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21703 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21705 \(fn)" t nil)
21707 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21708 Interactively select a text printer.
21710 \(fn)" t nil)
21712 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21713 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21715 \(fn)" t nil)
21717 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21718 Show current ps-print settings.
21720 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21722 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21723 Show current printing settings.
21725 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21727 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21728 Show current lpr settings.
21730 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21732 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21733 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21735 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21736 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21737 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21738 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21741 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21743 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21744 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21745 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21747 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21748 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21749 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21750 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21751 current active printer.
21753 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21754 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21755 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21756 printer.
21758 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21759 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21760 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21761 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21762 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21765 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21766 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21768 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21770 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21771 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21772 be done using the new current active printer.
21774 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21775 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21776 printer.
21778 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21779 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21780 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21781 instead of sending it to the printer.
21783 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21784 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21785 printer.
21787 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21790 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21791 are both set to t.
21793 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21795 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21796 Fast fire function for text printing.
21798 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21799 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21800 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21801 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21803 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21804 user for a new active text printer.
21806 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21808 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21810 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21811 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21812 printer.
21814 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21816 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21817 are both set to t.
21819 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21821 ;;;***
21823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21998 46517 190024 649000))
21824 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21826 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21827 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21828 \\<proced-mode-map>
21829 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21830 the process information.
21832 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21834 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21835 Proced buffers.
21837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21839 ;;;***
21841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21948 40114 402686
21842 ;;;;;; 453000))
21843 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21845 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21846 Start/restart profilers.
21847 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21848 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21849 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21851 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21853 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21854 Open profile FILENAME.
21856 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21858 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21859 Open profile FILENAME.
21861 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21863 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21864 Open profile FILENAME.
21866 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21868 ;;;***
21870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (21960 31281
21871 ;;;;;; 344212 153000))
21872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21874 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21875 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21877 \(fn &optional DIR)" nil nil)
21879 ;;;***
21881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22027 46774
21882 ;;;;;; 684310 591000))
21883 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21885 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21886 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21888 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21889 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21891 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21893 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21894 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21896 Commands:
21897 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21899 \(fn)" t nil)
21901 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21902 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21903 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21905 \(fn)" t nil)
21907 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21908 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21909 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21911 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21913 ;;;***
21915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21916 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21918 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21919 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21920 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21922 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21924 ;;;***
21926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21927 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21928 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21929 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21931 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21932 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21934 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21936 The following variables hold user options, and can
21937 be set through the `customize' command:
21939 `ps-mode-tab'
21940 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21941 `ps-mode-print-function'
21942 `ps-run-prompt'
21943 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21944 `ps-run-x'
21945 `ps-run-dumb'
21946 `ps-run-init'
21947 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21948 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21950 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21953 \\{ps-mode-map}
21956 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21957 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21958 The keymap for this second window is:
21960 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21963 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21964 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21965 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21966 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21967 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21969 \(fn)" t nil)
21971 ;;;***
21973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22011 58553 993858
21974 ;;;;;; 469000))
21975 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21976 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21978 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21979 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21980 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21982 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21984 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21985 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21986 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21987 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21989 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21991 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21992 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21994 Valid values are:
21996 nil Do not print colors.
21998 t Print colors.
22000 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22001 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22003 Any other value is treated as t.")
22005 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22007 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22008 Customization of ps-print group.
22010 \(fn)" t nil)
22012 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22013 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22015 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22016 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22017 sending it to the printer.
22019 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22020 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22021 image in a file with that name.
22023 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22025 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22026 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22027 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22028 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22029 so it has a way to determine color values.
22031 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22033 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22034 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22035 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22037 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22039 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22040 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22041 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22042 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22043 so it has a way to determine color values.
22045 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22047 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22048 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22049 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22050 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22052 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22054 \(fn)" t nil)
22056 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22057 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22058 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22059 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22060 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22062 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22064 \(fn)" t nil)
22066 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22067 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22068 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22070 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22072 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22074 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22075 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22076 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22077 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22078 so it has a way to determine color values.
22080 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22082 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22084 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22085 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22087 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22088 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22089 instead of sending it to the printer.
22091 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22092 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22093 image in a file with that name.
22095 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22097 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22098 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22099 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22100 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22101 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22103 \(fn)" t nil)
22105 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22106 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22107 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22109 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22111 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22112 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22113 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22115 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22117 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22118 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22120 \(fn)" nil nil)
22122 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22123 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22125 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22126 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22128 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22129 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22131 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22133 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22135 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22137 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22138 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22140 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22141 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22143 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22144 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22146 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22148 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22150 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22152 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22153 foreground and background colors respectively.
22155 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22156 bold - use bold font.
22157 italic - use italic font.
22158 underline - put a line under text.
22159 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22160 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22161 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22162 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22163 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22165 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22167 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22169 ;;;***
22171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21968 25395 287570
22172 ;;;;;; 741000))
22173 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22174 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22176 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22177 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22178 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22180 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22182 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22183 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22184 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22186 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22188 ;;;***
22190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22026 25907
22191 ;;;;;; 639502 692000))
22192 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22193 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22197 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22199 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22200 Run an inferior Python process.
22202 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22203 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22204 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22205 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22206 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22208 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22209 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22210 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22211 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22213 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22214 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22215 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22217 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22219 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22220 Major mode for editing Python files.
22222 \\{python-mode-map}
22224 \(fn)" t nil)
22226 ;;;***
22228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22231 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22232 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22233 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22234 coding-system.
22236 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22237 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22239 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22240 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22241 them into characters should be done separately.
22243 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22245 ;;;***
22247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21988 10681
22248 ;;;;;; 981624 461000))
22249 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22251 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22252 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22254 \(fn)" nil nil)
22256 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22257 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22258 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22260 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22261 `quail-activate', which see.
22263 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22265 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22266 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22267 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22268 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22269 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22270 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22271 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22273 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22274 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22275 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22276 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22277 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22278 shown.
22279 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22281 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22282 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22283 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22284 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22285 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22286 list of candidates.
22288 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22289 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22290 command to be called.
22292 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22293 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22294 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22295 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22297 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22298 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22299 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22300 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22301 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22302 to t.
22304 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22305 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22306 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22307 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22309 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22310 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22311 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22312 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22313 defines no translations for single character keys.
22315 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22316 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22317 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22318 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22319 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22320 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22322 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22323 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22324 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22325 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22326 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22327 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22329 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22330 covers Quail translation region.
22332 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22333 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22334 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22335 for it) is inserted.
22337 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22338 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22339 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22341 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22342 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22343 non-Quail commands.
22345 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22347 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22348 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22350 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22351 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22352 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22353 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22354 you type is correctly handled.
22356 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22358 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22359 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22361 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22362 keyboard type.
22364 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22366 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22367 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22368 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22369 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22370 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22371 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22372 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22373 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22374 for the translation.
22375 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22377 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22378 it is used to handle KEY.
22380 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22381 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22382 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22383 the following annotation types are supported.
22385 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22386 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22388 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22389 candidate list.
22391 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22392 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22393 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22394 inserted.
22396 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22397 generated for the following translations.
22399 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22401 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22402 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22404 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22405 which to install MAP.
22407 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22409 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22411 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22412 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22414 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22415 which to install MAP.
22417 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22419 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22421 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22422 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22423 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22424 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22425 a function, or a cons.
22426 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22427 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22428 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22429 for the translation.
22430 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22431 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22432 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22433 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22434 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22436 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22437 it is used to handle KEY.
22439 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22440 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22441 current Quail package.
22443 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22444 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22446 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22448 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22449 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22451 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22452 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22454 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22456 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22457 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22459 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22461 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22462 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22463 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22464 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22465 of the Emacs source tree.
22467 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22468 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22470 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22471 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22472 of each directory.
22474 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22476 ;;;***
22478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21953
22479 ;;;;;; 58033 331058 929000))
22480 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22482 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22483 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22484 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22485 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22487 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22489 ;;;***
22491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22492 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22493 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22495 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22496 Activate UCS input method.
22497 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22499 While this input method is active, the variable
22500 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22502 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22504 ;;;***
22506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22507 ;;;;;; 720000))
22508 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22510 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22511 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22512 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22513 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22515 To make use of this do something like:
22517 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22519 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22521 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22522 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22524 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22525 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22526 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22528 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22530 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22531 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22533 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22535 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22536 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22538 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22539 is decided.
22541 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22543 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22544 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22546 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22547 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22548 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22550 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22552 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22553 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22555 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22557 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22558 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22560 \(fn)" t nil)
22562 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22563 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22565 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22567 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22569 \(fn)" t nil)
22571 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22572 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22574 \(fn)" t nil)
22576 ;;;***
22578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22011 58553 765858
22579 ;;;;;; 469000))
22580 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22582 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22583 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22585 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22587 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22589 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22591 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22593 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22596 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22598 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22599 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22600 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22601 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22602 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22603 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22605 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22607 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22608 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22609 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22610 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22611 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22613 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22615 ;;;***
22617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21998
22618 ;;;;;; 46517 18024 649000))
22619 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22621 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22623 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22624 Construct a regexp interactively.
22625 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22626 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22627 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22629 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22630 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22632 \(fn)" t nil)
22634 ;;;***
22636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21998 46517 266024
22637 ;;;;;; 649000))
22638 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22640 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22641 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22642 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22643 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22644 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22645 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22647 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22649 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22650 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22651 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22652 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22653 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22655 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22656 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22657 were operated on recently.
22659 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22661 ;;;***
22663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21803 38823 44085 519000))
22664 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22666 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22667 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22668 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22669 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22670 ends.
22672 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22673 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22674 to be deleted.
22676 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22678 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22679 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22680 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22682 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22683 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22684 deleted.
22686 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22688 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22689 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22690 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22692 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22694 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22695 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22697 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22698 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22700 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22701 deleted.
22703 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22704 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22705 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22706 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22707 even beep.)
22709 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22711 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22712 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22714 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22716 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22717 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22719 \(fn)" t nil)
22721 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22722 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22723 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22724 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22725 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22726 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22727 and point is at the lower right corner.
22729 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22731 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22732 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22734 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22735 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22737 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22738 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22739 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22741 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22743 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22745 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22746 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22747 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22748 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22749 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22751 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22752 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22754 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22756 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22757 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22758 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22760 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22762 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22764 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22766 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22767 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22769 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22770 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22771 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22773 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22775 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22776 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22777 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22779 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22780 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22781 rectangle which were empty.
22783 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22785 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22786 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22788 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22789 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22790 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22791 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22793 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22795 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22796 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22797 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22801 ;;;***
22803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22804 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22805 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22807 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22808 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22809 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22810 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22811 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22813 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22814 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22815 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22816 auto-filling.
22818 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22822 ;;;***
22824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22026 25907
22825 ;;;;;; 655502 692000))
22826 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22827 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22828 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22829 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22830 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22832 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22833 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22835 \(fn)" nil nil)
22837 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22838 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22840 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22841 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22843 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22844 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22845 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22846 \\ref macro.
22848 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22849 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22850 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22852 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22853 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22854 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22856 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22857 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22859 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22860 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22862 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22863 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22864 on the menu bar.
22866 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22870 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22871 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22872 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22874 \(fn)" nil nil)
22876 ;;;***
22878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22025
22879 ;;;;;; 5040 882195 139000))
22880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22881 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22882 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22883 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22884 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22886 ;;;***
22888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22011
22889 ;;;;;; 58553 413858 469000))
22890 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22892 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22893 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22894 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22895 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22896 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22897 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22899 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22900 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22902 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22903 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22904 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22905 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22907 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22909 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22910 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22911 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22912 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22914 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22916 ;;;***
22918 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22919 ;;;;;; 725000))
22920 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22921 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22923 ;;;***
22925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22926 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22927 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22928 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22930 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22931 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22932 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22933 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22935 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22937 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22939 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22940 Call `remember' in another frame.
22942 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22944 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22945 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22946 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22948 \(fn)" t nil)
22950 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22951 Extract diary entries from the region.
22953 \(fn)" nil nil)
22955 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22956 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22957 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22958 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22960 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22962 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22963 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22964 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22965 minor mode.
22967 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22969 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22970 Return the buffer.
22972 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22973 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22974 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22976 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22978 ;;;***
22980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22981 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22982 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22984 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22985 Repeat most recently executed command.
22986 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22987 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22988 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22990 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22991 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22992 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22993 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22995 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22996 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22997 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22999 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23001 ;;;***
23003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
23004 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23005 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23007 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23008 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23010 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23011 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23012 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23013 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23014 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23015 and point is left after the salutation.
23017 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23018 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23019 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23020 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23021 left after that text.
23023 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23024 is non-nil.
23026 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23027 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23028 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23029 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23031 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23033 ;;;***
23035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
23036 ;;;;;; 586000))
23037 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23039 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23040 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23041 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23042 visibility of comments that precede it.
23043 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23044 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23045 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23046 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23047 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23048 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23049 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23050 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23051 the comment lines.
23052 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23053 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23054 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23055 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23056 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23058 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23060 ;;;***
23062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23063 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23065 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23066 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23067 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23068 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23069 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23071 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23072 reveals invisible text around point.
23074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23076 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23077 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23078 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23079 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23080 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23081 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23083 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23085 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23086 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23087 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23089 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23090 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23091 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23095 ;;;***
23097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21998 46517 18024
23098 ;;;;;; 649000))
23099 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23101 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23102 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23104 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23106 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23107 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23109 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23111 ;;;***
23113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22011 58553 765858
23114 ;;;;;; 469000))
23115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23117 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23118 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23119 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23120 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23122 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23124 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23125 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23126 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23127 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23129 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23130 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23132 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23133 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23135 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23136 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23137 INPUT-ARGS.
23139 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23140 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23141 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23142 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23143 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23145 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23146 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23147 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23148 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23150 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23151 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23152 variable.
23154 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23156 ;;;***
23158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22011 58553 725858
23159 ;;;;;; 469000))
23160 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23162 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23163 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23165 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23167 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23169 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23170 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23171 Its name should end with a slash.")
23173 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23174 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23176 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23177 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23178 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23180 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23182 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23183 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23184 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23185 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23186 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23187 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23188 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23190 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23191 sent by you under different user names.
23192 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23194 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23196 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23198 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23200 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23201 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23202 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23203 explicitly.")
23205 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23207 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23208 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23209 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23210 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23211 which normally happens once for each message,
23212 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23213 To make a change in this variable take effect
23214 for a message that you have already viewed,
23215 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23217 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23219 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23220 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23221 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23222 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23224 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23226 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23227 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23229 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23231 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23232 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23233 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23235 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23237 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23238 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23239 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23240 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23241 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23242 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23244 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23246 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23247 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23249 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23251 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23252 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23254 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23256 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23257 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23259 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23260 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23262 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23264 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23265 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23267 This is set to nil by default.")
23269 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23270 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23271 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23272 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23273 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23274 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23275 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23277 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23278 Read and edit incoming mail.
23279 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23280 file in RMAIL Mode.
23281 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23283 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23284 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23285 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23286 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23288 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23290 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23292 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23293 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23294 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23295 Instead, these commands are available:
23297 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23298 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23299 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23300 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23301 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23302 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23303 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23304 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23305 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23306 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23307 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23308 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23309 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23310 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23311 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23312 till a deleted message is found.
23313 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23314 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23315 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23316 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23317 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23318 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23319 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23320 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23321 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23322 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23323 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23324 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23325 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23326 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23327 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23328 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23329 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23330 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23331 (label defaults to last one specified).
23332 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23333 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23334 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23335 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23336 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23337 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23338 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23339 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23340 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23342 \(fn)" t nil)
23344 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23345 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23347 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23349 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23350 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23352 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23354 ;;;***
23356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21989 31537
23357 ;;;;;; 907825 721000))
23358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23359 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23361 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23362 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23363 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23364 case it writes Babyl.
23366 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23367 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23368 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23369 `rmail-default-file'.
23371 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23372 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23373 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23375 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23376 the header display is currently pruned.
23378 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23379 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23380 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23381 messages after output.
23383 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23384 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23385 message (if writing a file directly).
23387 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23388 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23390 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23392 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23393 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23394 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23395 i) the header is output as currently seen
23396 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23397 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23399 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23400 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23401 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23403 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23405 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23406 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23407 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23408 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23409 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23410 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23411 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23413 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23414 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23415 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23417 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23419 ;;;***
23421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21978 61237
23422 ;;;;;; 666488 269000))
23423 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23425 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23426 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23427 Return a pattern.
23429 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23431 ;;;***
23433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23434 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23435 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23437 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23438 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23439 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23440 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23442 \(fn)" t nil)
23444 ;;;***
23446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21948 40114
23447 ;;;;;; 322686 453000))
23448 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23450 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23451 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23453 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23454 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23455 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23456 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23457 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23458 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23459 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23460 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23461 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23462 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23464 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23465 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23466 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23467 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23468 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23469 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23470 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23471 to use for finding the schema.
23473 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23475 ;;;***
23477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23478 ;;;;;; 720000))
23479 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23481 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23483 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23484 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23485 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23486 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23487 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23488 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23489 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23490 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23491 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23492 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23493 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23494 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23495 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23496 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23497 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23498 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23499 must be equal.
23501 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23503 ;;;***
23505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21953 58033
23506 ;;;;;; 303058 929000))
23507 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23509 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23510 Define a robin package.
23512 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23513 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23514 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23515 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23517 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23518 one replaces the old one.
23520 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23522 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23523 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23525 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23526 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23527 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23529 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23531 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23532 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23534 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23536 ;;;***
23538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23539 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23541 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23542 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23544 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23546 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23547 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23549 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23551 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23552 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23554 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23556 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23557 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23558 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23560 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23561 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23562 in ROT13.
23564 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23566 \(fn)" t nil)
23568 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23569 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23571 \(fn)" t nil)
23573 ;;;***
23575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22026 25907 659502
23576 ;;;;;; 692000))
23577 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23578 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23580 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23581 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23582 \\<rst-mode-map>
23584 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23585 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23586 highlighting.
23588 \\{rst-mode-map}
23590 \(fn)" t nil)
23592 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23593 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23594 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23595 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23596 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23598 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23599 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23600 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23604 ;;;***
23606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22015
23607 ;;;;;; 55603 817705 321000))
23608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23609 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23611 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23612 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23614 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23616 \(fn)" t nil)
23618 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23620 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23622 ;;;***
23624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22026 25907 643502
23625 ;;;;;; 692000))
23626 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23627 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23629 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23630 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23631 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23633 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23634 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23635 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23636 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23637 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23641 ;;;***
23643 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22011 58553 441858
23644 ;;;;;; 469000))
23645 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23647 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23648 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23649 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23650 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23652 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23654 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23655 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23656 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23658 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23659 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23660 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23662 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23663 notation.
23665 STRING
23666 matches string STRING literally.
23668 CHAR
23669 matches character CHAR literally.
23671 `not-newline', `nonl'
23672 matches any character except a newline.
23674 `anything'
23675 matches any character
23677 `(any SET ...)'
23678 `(in SET ...)'
23679 `(char SET ...)'
23680 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23681 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23682 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23684 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23685 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23686 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23687 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23689 `(not (any SET ...))'
23690 matches any character not in SET ...
23692 `line-start', `bol'
23693 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23694 in the text being matched
23696 `line-end', `eol'
23697 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23699 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23700 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23701 string being matched against.
23703 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23704 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23705 string being matched against.
23707 `buffer-start'
23708 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23709 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23711 `buffer-end'
23712 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23713 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23715 `point'
23716 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23718 `word-start', `bow'
23719 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23721 `word-end', `eow'
23722 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23724 `word-boundary'
23725 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23726 word.
23728 `(not word-boundary)'
23729 `not-word-boundary'
23730 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23731 word.
23733 `symbol-start'
23734 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23736 `symbol-end'
23737 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23739 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23740 matches 0 through 9.
23742 `control', `cntrl'
23743 matches ASCII control characters.
23745 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23746 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23748 `blank'
23749 matches space and tab only.
23751 `graphic', `graph'
23752 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23753 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23754 unassigned by Unicode.
23756 `printing', `print'
23757 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23759 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23760 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23761 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23763 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23764 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23765 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23767 `ascii'
23768 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23770 `nonascii'
23771 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23773 `lower', `lower-case'
23774 matches anything lower-case.
23776 `upper', `upper-case'
23777 matches anything upper-case.
23779 `punctuation', `punct'
23780 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23781 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23783 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23784 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23786 `word', `wordchar'
23787 matches anything that has word syntax.
23789 `not-wordchar'
23790 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23792 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23793 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23794 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23795 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23797 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23798 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23799 `word' (\\sw)
23800 `symbol' (\\s_)
23801 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23802 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23803 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23804 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23805 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23806 `escape' (\\s\\)
23807 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23808 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23809 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23810 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23811 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23813 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23814 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23816 `(category CATEGORY)'
23817 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23818 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23820 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23821 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23822 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23823 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23824 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23825 `symbol' (\\c5)
23826 `digit' (\\c6)
23827 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23828 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23829 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23830 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23831 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23832 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23833 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23834 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23835 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23836 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23837 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23838 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23839 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23840 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23841 `ascii' (\\ca)
23842 `arabic' (\\cb)
23843 `chinese' (\\cc)
23844 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23845 `greek' (\\cg)
23846 `korean' (\\ch)
23847 `indian' (\\ci)
23848 `japanese' (\\cj)
23849 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23850 `latin' (\\cl)
23851 `lao' (\\co)
23852 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23853 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23854 `thai' (\\ct)
23855 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23856 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23857 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23858 `can-break' (\\c|)
23860 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23861 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23863 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23864 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23865 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23866 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23867 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23869 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23870 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23871 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23872 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23874 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23875 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23876 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23877 group number N.
23879 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23880 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23881 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23882 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23883 regular expression.
23885 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23886 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23887 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23888 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23889 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23891 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23892 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23894 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23895 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23897 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23898 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23899 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23901 `(* SEXP ...)'
23902 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23903 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23905 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23906 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23907 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23909 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23910 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23911 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23913 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23914 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23916 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23917 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23919 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23920 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23921 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23922 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23924 `(? SEXP ...)'
23925 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23927 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23928 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23930 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23931 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23932 matches N occurrences.
23934 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23935 matches N or more occurrences.
23937 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23938 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23939 matches N to M occurrences.
23941 `(backref N)'
23942 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23944 `(eval FORM)'
23945 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23946 `regexp-quote' it.
23948 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23949 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23951 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23953 ;;;***
23955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23956 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23957 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23958 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23960 ;;;***
23962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21981 37426 703399
23963 ;;;;;; 97000))
23964 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23965 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23967 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23968 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23969 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23970 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23971 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23972 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23974 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23976 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23977 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23978 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23979 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23980 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23982 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23983 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23984 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23985 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23987 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23988 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23989 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23991 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23993 ;;;***
23995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (21822 58098 20521
23996 ;;;;;; 61000))
23997 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
23999 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24000 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24001 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24002 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24003 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24004 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24006 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24008 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24009 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24010 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24011 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24013 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24015 ;;;***
24017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22011 58553
24018 ;;;;;; 925858 469000))
24019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24021 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24022 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24023 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24025 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24026 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24027 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24028 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24029 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24030 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24031 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24032 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24034 Commands:
24035 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24036 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24037 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24039 \(fn)" t nil)
24041 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24042 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24043 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24045 Commands:
24046 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24047 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24048 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24049 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24050 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24051 that variable's value is a string.
24053 \(fn)" t nil)
24055 ;;;***
24057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
24058 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24059 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24061 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24062 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24063 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24065 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24067 \(fn)" t nil)
24069 ;;;***
24071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
24072 ;;;;;; 586000))
24073 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24075 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24076 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24077 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24079 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24080 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24082 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24084 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24085 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24086 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24087 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24088 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24090 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24091 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24095 ;;;***
24097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
24098 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24099 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24101 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24102 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24103 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24104 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24105 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24106 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24107 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24108 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24110 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24112 ;;;***
24114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22011 58553 765858
24115 ;;;;;; 469000))
24116 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24117 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24118 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24120 ;;;***
24122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21948 40114
24123 ;;;;;; 186686 453000))
24124 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24125 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24127 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24128 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24129 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24131 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24132 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24133 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24134 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24135 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24136 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24137 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24138 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24139 keybinding for tag names.
24140 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24141 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24142 of the symbol under point.
24143 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24144 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24145 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24146 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24147 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24148 syntax tokens.
24149 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24151 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24153 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24154 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24155 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24156 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24157 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24158 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24160 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24162 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24163 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24164 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24165 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24166 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24168 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24169 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24170 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24171 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24172 Semantic mode.
24174 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24176 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24178 ;;;***
24180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24181 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24182 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24184 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24185 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24187 \(fn)" t nil)
24189 ;;;***
24191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24192 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24193 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24195 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24196 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24198 \(fn)" t nil)
24200 ;;;***
24202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22026 25907
24203 ;;;;;; 603502 692000))
24204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24206 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24207 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24209 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24210 king@grassland.com
24211 If `parens', they look like:
24212 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24213 If `angles', they look like:
24214 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24216 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24217 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24219 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24221 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24222 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24223 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24224 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24226 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24227 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24228 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24229 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24231 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24233 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24234 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24235 This is done when the message is initialized,
24236 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24238 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24240 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24241 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24242 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24244 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24246 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24247 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24248 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24249 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24250 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24251 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24252 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24254 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24256 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24257 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24259 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24261 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24262 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24263 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24264 be a Babyl file.")
24266 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24268 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24269 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24270 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24271 when you first send mail.")
24273 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24275 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24276 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24277 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24278 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24279 This file need not actually exist.")
24281 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24283 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24284 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24286 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24288 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24289 Alist of mail address aliases,
24290 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24291 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24292 can specify a different file name.)
24293 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24294 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24296 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24297 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24298 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24300 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24302 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24303 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24304 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24306 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24308 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24309 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24310 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24311 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24312 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24313 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24314 in the cited portion of the message.
24316 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24317 instead of no action.")
24319 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24321 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24322 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24323 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24324 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24325 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24327 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24329 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24330 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24331 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24332 If a string, that string is inserted.
24333 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24334 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24335 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24336 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24338 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24340 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24341 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24343 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24345 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24346 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24347 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24349 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24350 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24352 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24354 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24355 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24356 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24357 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24359 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24361 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24362 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24363 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24365 \(fn)" nil nil)
24367 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24369 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24372 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24374 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24375 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24376 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24378 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24379 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24381 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24382 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24383 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24384 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24385 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24386 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24387 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24388 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24389 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24390 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24391 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24392 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24393 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24394 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24396 \(fn)" t nil)
24398 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24399 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24400 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24401 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24403 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24405 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24406 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24407 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24408 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24409 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24410 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24412 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24413 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24414 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24416 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24417 User should not set this variable manually,
24418 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24419 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24420 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24422 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24423 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24424 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24425 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24427 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24428 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24430 \\<mail-mode-map>
24431 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24433 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24434 to move to message header fields:
24435 \\{mail-mode-map}
24437 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24438 when the message is initialized.
24440 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24441 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24443 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24444 is inserted.
24446 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24447 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24449 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24450 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24451 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24452 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24453 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24454 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24455 buffer without erasing the contents.
24457 The second through fifth arguments,
24458 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24459 the initial contents of those header fields.
24460 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24461 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24462 original message being replied to, or else an action
24463 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24464 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24465 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24466 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24467 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24468 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24470 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24472 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24473 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24475 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24477 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24478 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24480 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24482 ;;;***
24484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22026 25907 583502
24485 ;;;;;; 692000))
24486 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24487 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24489 ;;;***
24491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21998 46517 270024 649000))
24492 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24494 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24496 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24498 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24500 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24501 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24502 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24503 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24504 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24505 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24507 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24508 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24510 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24511 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24512 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24514 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24515 \\[server-start].
24517 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24519 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24520 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24521 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24522 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24524 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24526 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24527 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24528 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24531 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24533 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24535 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24536 Toggle Server mode.
24537 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24538 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24539 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24541 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24542 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24543 `server-start' for details.
24545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24547 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24548 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24549 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24551 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24552 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24554 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24556 ;;;***
24558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21990 52406 736500 385000))
24559 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24561 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24562 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24564 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24565 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24566 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24567 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24568 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24570 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24571 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24572 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24573 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24574 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24575 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24577 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24578 displayed.
24580 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24581 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24582 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24584 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24585 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24587 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24588 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24590 \\{ses-mode-map}
24591 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24592 part):
24593 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24594 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24595 formula:
24596 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24598 \(fn)" t nil)
24600 ;;;***
24602 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22011
24603 ;;;;;; 58554 69858 469000))
24604 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24606 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24607 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24608 Makes > match <.
24609 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24610 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24612 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24613 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24614 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24616 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24617 in your init file.
24619 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24621 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24622 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24623 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24625 \(fn)" t nil)
24627 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24628 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24629 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24630 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24631 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24632 which this is based.
24634 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24636 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24637 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24638 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24639 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24641 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24642 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24643 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24645 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24646 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24647 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24648 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24650 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24651 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24652 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24653 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24655 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24657 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24658 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24659 To work around that, do:
24660 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24662 \\{html-mode-map}
24664 \(fn)" t nil)
24666 ;;;***
24668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22027
24669 ;;;;;; 46774 688310 591000))
24670 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24671 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24672 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24674 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24675 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24676 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24677 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24678 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24679 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24681 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24682 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24683 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24684 shell-specific features.
24686 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24687 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24688 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24689 \\<sh-mode-map>
24690 \\[sh-case] case statement
24691 \\[sh-for] for loop
24692 \\[sh-function] function definition
24693 \\[sh-if] if statement
24694 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24695 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24696 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24697 \\[sh-select] select loop
24698 \\[sh-until] until loop
24699 \\[sh-while] while loop
24701 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24702 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24703 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24704 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24705 would indent to the way it currently is.
24706 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24707 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24710 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24711 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24712 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24713 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24714 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24716 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24717 unquoted < insert a here document.
24719 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24720 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24721 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24723 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24724 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24726 \(fn)" t nil)
24728 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24730 ;;;***
24732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22026 25907
24733 ;;;;;; 583502 692000))
24734 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24736 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24737 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24739 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24740 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24741 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24743 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24744 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24745 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24746 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24747 the earlier.
24749 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24751 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24753 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24754 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24755 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24757 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24758 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24760 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24761 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24762 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24763 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24764 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24765 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24766 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24767 Emacs version).
24769 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24770 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24771 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24772 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24773 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24775 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24776 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24778 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24780 ;;;***
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24783 ;;;;;; 586000))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24786 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24787 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24788 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24789 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24790 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24791 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24792 sites in the cluster.
24794 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24796 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24797 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24798 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24799 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24800 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24802 \(fn)" t nil)
24804 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24805 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24806 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24807 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24808 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24809 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24810 `shadow-define-cluster').
24812 \(fn)" t nil)
24814 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24815 Set up file shadowing.
24817 \(fn)" t nil)
24819 ;;;***
24821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21896 48221 754207 816000))
24822 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24824 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24825 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24826 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24827 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24828 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24829 arguments.")
24831 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24833 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24834 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24835 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24836 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24837 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24839 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24840 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24841 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24842 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24843 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24844 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24845 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24846 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24847 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24848 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24849 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24851 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24852 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24853 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24854 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24855 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24856 `default-process-coding-system'.
24858 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24859 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24860 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24861 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24863 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24865 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24867 ;;;***
24869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22026 25907 631502 692000))
24870 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24872 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24873 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24875 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24877 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24878 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24879 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24880 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24882 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24884 ;;;***
24886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21972 22452 270264
24887 ;;;;;; 357000))
24888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24890 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24893 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24895 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24898 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24900 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24903 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24905 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24908 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24910 ;;;***
24912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21931 31023
24913 ;;;;;; 733164 572000))
24914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24916 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24917 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24918 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24919 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24920 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24922 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24924 \(fn)" t nil)
24926 ;;;***
24928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24929 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24930 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24932 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24933 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24934 \\{simula-mode-map}
24935 Variables controlling indentation style:
24936 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24937 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24938 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24939 `simula-indent-level'
24940 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24941 `simula-substatement-offset'
24942 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24943 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24944 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24945 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24946 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24947 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24948 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24949 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24950 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24951 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24952 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24953 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24954 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24955 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24956 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24957 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24958 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24959 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24960 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24961 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24962 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24963 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24964 or nil if they should not be changed.
24965 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24966 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24967 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24968 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24970 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24971 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24973 \(fn)" t nil)
24975 ;;;***
24977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22026 25907 643502
24978 ;;;;;; 692000))
24979 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24981 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24982 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24984 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24985 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24986 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24987 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24989 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24991 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24993 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24994 Insert SKELETON.
24995 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24996 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24997 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24998 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24999 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25001 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25002 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25004 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25006 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25007 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25009 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25010 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25011 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25012 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25014 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25015 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25016 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25017 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25019 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25020 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25021 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25023 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25024 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25026 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25027 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25029 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25030 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25031 is at bol/eol
25032 _ interesting point, interregion here
25033 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25034 interesting point set by _
25035 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25036 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25037 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25038 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25039 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25040 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25041 nil skipped
25043 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25044 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25046 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25047 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25048 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25049 as the first element when at bol.
25051 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25052 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25053 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25054 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25055 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25056 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25057 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25058 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25060 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25061 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25062 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25063 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25064 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25065 available:
25067 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25068 then: insert previously read string once more
25069 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25070 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25071 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25073 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25074 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25076 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25078 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25079 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25081 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25082 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25083 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25084 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25085 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25086 such as backslash.
25088 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25089 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25090 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25091 twice for the others.
25093 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25095 ;;;***
25097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
25098 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
25099 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25101 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25102 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25103 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25104 buffer names.
25106 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25108 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25109 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25111 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25112 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25113 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25117 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25118 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25119 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25121 \(fn)" t nil)
25123 ;;;***
25125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
25126 ;;;;;; 720000))
25127 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25129 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25130 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25131 A list of images is returned.
25133 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25135 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25136 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25137 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25139 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25141 ;;;***
25143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
25144 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25145 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25147 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25150 \(fn)" nil nil)
25152 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25153 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25155 \(fn)" t nil)
25157 ;;;***
25159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
25160 ;;;;;; 720000))
25161 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25163 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25164 Play the Snake game.
25165 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25167 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25169 Snake mode keybindings:
25170 \\<snake-mode-map>
25171 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25172 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25173 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25174 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25175 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25176 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25177 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25179 \(fn)" t nil)
25181 ;;;***
25183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
25184 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25185 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25187 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25188 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25189 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25190 Tab indents for C code.
25191 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25192 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25193 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25194 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25195 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25197 \(fn)" t nil)
25199 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25200 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25201 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25202 Tab indents for C code.
25203 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25204 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25205 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25206 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25207 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25209 \(fn)" t nil)
25211 ;;;***
25213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21849 48176 337264
25214 ;;;;;; 443000))
25215 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25217 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25218 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25219 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25220 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25221 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25223 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25227 ;;;***
25229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25230 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25231 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25233 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25234 Play Solitaire.
25236 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25237 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25238 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25239 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25240 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25241 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25242 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25243 check after each move or undo.)
25245 What is Solitaire?
25247 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25248 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25249 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25251 Le Solitaire
25252 ============
25254 o o o
25256 o o o
25258 o o o o o o o
25260 o o o . o o o
25262 o o o o o o o
25264 o o o
25266 o o o
25268 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25269 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25270 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25271 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25273 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25274 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25275 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25276 this: o o .
25278 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25279 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25281 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25283 o o o
25285 . o o
25287 o o . o o o o
25289 o . o o o o o
25291 o o o o o o o
25293 o o o
25295 o o o
25297 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25299 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25301 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25303 ;;;***
25305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22011 58553 993858 469000))
25306 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25307 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25309 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25310 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25312 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25313 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25314 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25315 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25316 contiguous.
25318 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25319 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25320 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25321 the sort order.
25323 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25324 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25326 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25327 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25328 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25329 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25330 is called.
25332 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25333 It should move point to the end of the record.
25335 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25336 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25337 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25338 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25339 starts at the beginning of the record.
25341 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25342 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25343 same as ENDRECFUN.
25345 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25346 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25347 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25348 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25349 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25350 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25351 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25353 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25355 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25356 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25357 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25358 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25359 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25360 the sort order.
25362 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25364 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25365 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25366 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25367 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25368 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25369 the sort order.
25371 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25373 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25374 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25375 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25376 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25377 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25378 the sort order.
25380 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25381 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25383 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25384 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25385 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25386 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25387 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25388 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25389 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25390 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25391 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25393 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25395 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25396 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25397 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25398 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25399 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25400 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25401 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25402 the sort order.
25404 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25406 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25407 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25408 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25409 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25411 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25412 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25414 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25415 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25416 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25417 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25418 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25419 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25420 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25421 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25423 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25425 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25426 the sort order.
25428 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25429 starting with the letter \"f\",
25430 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25432 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25434 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25435 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25436 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25437 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25438 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25439 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25440 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25441 the sort order.
25443 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25444 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25445 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25446 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25447 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25449 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25451 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25452 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25453 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25455 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25457 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25458 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25459 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25460 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25461 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25462 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25463 each repeated line.
25465 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25466 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25467 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25468 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25470 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25471 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25473 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25474 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25476 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25478 ;;;***
25480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21981 37426 607399 97000))
25481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25483 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25484 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25485 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25486 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25487 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25488 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25490 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25492 ;;;***
25494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22011
25495 ;;;;;; 58553 601858 469000))
25496 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25498 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25499 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25501 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25502 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25503 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25505 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25507 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25508 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25509 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25510 server.
25512 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25514 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25515 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25516 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25518 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25520 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25521 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25522 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25523 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25524 Agent is plugged.
25526 \(fn)" t nil)
25528 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25529 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25530 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25531 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25533 \(fn)" t nil)
25535 ;;;***
25537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22011 58553 993858
25538 ;;;;;; 469000))
25539 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25541 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25543 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25544 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25545 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25546 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25547 supported at a time.
25548 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25549 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25553 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25554 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25555 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25556 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25558 \(fn)" t nil)
25560 ;;;***
25562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25563 ;;;;;; 720000))
25564 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25566 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25567 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25569 \(fn)" t nil)
25571 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25572 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25574 \(fn)" nil nil)
25576 ;;;***
25578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22011 58553 929858
25579 ;;;;;; 469000))
25580 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25581 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25583 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25584 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25586 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25587 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25588 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25589 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25590 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25591 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25592 of the current highlighting list.
25594 For example:
25596 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25597 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25599 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25600 `_t' as data types.
25602 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25604 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25605 Major mode to edit SQL.
25607 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25608 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25609 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25611 \\{sql-mode-map}
25612 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25614 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25615 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25616 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25617 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25618 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25619 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25621 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25622 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25624 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25625 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25626 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25628 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25629 (lambda ()
25630 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25632 \(fn)" t nil)
25634 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25635 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25637 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25638 their settings.
25640 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25641 is specified in the connection settings.
25643 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25645 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25646 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25648 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25649 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25651 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25652 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25653 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25654 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25658 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25660 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25661 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25663 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25664 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25665 `*SQL*'.
25667 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25668 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25669 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25670 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25672 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25673 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25675 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25676 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25677 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25678 buffer.
25680 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25681 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25682 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25683 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25684 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25685 `default-process-coding-system'.
25687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25689 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25691 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25692 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25694 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25695 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25696 `*SQL*'.
25698 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25699 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25700 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25701 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25703 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25704 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25706 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25707 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25708 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25709 buffer.
25711 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25712 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25713 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25714 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25715 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25716 `default-process-coding-system'.
25718 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25720 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25722 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25723 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25725 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25726 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25727 `*SQL*'.
25729 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25730 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25732 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25733 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25735 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25736 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25737 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25738 buffer.
25740 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25741 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25742 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25743 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25744 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25745 `default-process-coding-system'.
25747 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25749 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25751 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25752 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25754 SQLite is free software.
25756 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25757 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25758 `*SQL*'.
25760 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25761 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25762 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25763 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25765 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25766 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25768 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25769 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25770 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25771 buffer.
25773 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25774 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25775 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25776 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25777 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25778 `default-process-coding-system'.
25780 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25782 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25784 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25785 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25787 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25789 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25790 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25791 `*SQL*'.
25793 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25794 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25795 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25796 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25798 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25799 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25801 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25802 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25803 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25804 buffer.
25806 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25807 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25808 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25809 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25810 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25811 `default-process-coding-system'.
25813 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25815 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25817 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25818 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25820 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25821 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25822 `*SQL*'.
25824 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25825 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25826 defaults, if set.
25828 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25829 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25831 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25832 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25833 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25834 buffer.
25836 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25837 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25838 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25839 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25840 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25841 `default-process-coding-system'.
25843 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25845 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25847 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25848 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25850 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25851 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25852 `*SQL*'.
25854 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25855 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25857 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25858 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25860 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25861 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25862 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25863 buffer.
25865 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25866 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25867 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25868 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25869 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25870 `default-process-coding-system'.
25872 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25874 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25876 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25877 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25879 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25880 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25881 `*SQL*'.
25883 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25884 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25885 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25886 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25888 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25889 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25891 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25892 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25893 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25894 buffer.
25896 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25897 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25898 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25899 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25900 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25901 `default-process-coding-system'.
25903 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25905 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25907 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25908 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25910 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25911 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25912 `*SQL*'.
25914 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25915 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25916 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25917 `sql-postgres-options'.
25919 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25920 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25922 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25923 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25924 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25925 buffer.
25927 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25928 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25929 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25930 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25931 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25932 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25933 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25934 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25936 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25937 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25939 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25941 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25943 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25944 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25946 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25947 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25948 `*SQL*'.
25950 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25951 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25952 defaults, if set.
25954 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25955 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25957 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25958 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25959 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25960 buffer.
25962 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25963 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25964 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25965 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25966 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25967 `default-process-coding-system'.
25969 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25971 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25973 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25974 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25976 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25977 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25978 `*SQL*'.
25980 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25981 automatic login.
25983 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25984 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25986 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25987 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25988 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25989 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25991 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25992 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25993 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25994 buffer.
25996 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25997 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25998 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25999 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26000 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26001 `default-process-coding-system'.
26003 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26005 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26007 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26008 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26010 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26011 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26012 `*SQL*'.
26014 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26015 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26016 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26017 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26018 parameters.
26020 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26021 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26022 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26023 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26024 an empty password.
26026 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26027 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26029 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26030 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26031 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26032 buffer.
26034 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26036 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26038 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26039 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26041 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26043 ;;;***
26045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
26046 ;;;;;; 725000))
26047 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26048 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26050 ;;;***
26052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26053 ;;;;;; (21998 46516 910024 649000))
26054 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26056 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26057 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26059 \(fn)" t nil)
26061 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26063 ;;;***
26065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
26066 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
26067 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26069 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26070 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26071 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26072 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26073 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26074 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26075 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26076 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26077 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26078 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26079 with any buffer
26080 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26081 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26082 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26083 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26085 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26087 ;;;***
26089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21981 37426 735399
26090 ;;;;;; 97000))
26091 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26093 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26094 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26095 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26096 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26097 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26098 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26100 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26102 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26104 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26105 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26106 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26107 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26108 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26109 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26110 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26112 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26114 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26115 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26116 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26117 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26118 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26119 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26120 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26122 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26124 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26125 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26126 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26128 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26130 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26131 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26132 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26134 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26136 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26137 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26139 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26141 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26142 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26144 \(fn)" t nil)
26146 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26147 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26149 \(fn)" t nil)
26151 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26152 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26153 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26154 by command name.
26155 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26157 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26159 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26160 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26161 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26162 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26163 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26164 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26166 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26168 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26169 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26171 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26172 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26174 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26175 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26176 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26177 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26178 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26180 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26181 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26182 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26183 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26185 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26189 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26190 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26191 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26192 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26194 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26196 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26197 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26199 \(fn)" t nil)
26201 ;;;***
26203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26204 ;;;;;; 42000))
26205 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26207 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26208 Studlify-case the region.
26210 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26212 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26213 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26215 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26217 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26218 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26220 \(fn)" t nil)
26222 ;;;***
26224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26225 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26228 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26230 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26231 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26232 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26233 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26234 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26236 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26237 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26238 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26239 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26241 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26242 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26243 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26245 Nomenclature Subwords
26246 ===========================================================
26247 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26248 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26249 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26251 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26252 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26254 \\{subword-mode-map}
26256 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26258 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26259 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26260 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26261 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26262 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26263 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26265 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26267 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26268 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26269 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26270 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26271 ARG is omitted or nil.
26273 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26274 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26275 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26279 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26280 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26281 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26282 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26283 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26285 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26286 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26287 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26288 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26290 \\{superword-mode-map}
26292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26294 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26295 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26296 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26297 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26298 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26299 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26301 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26303 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26304 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26305 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26306 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26307 ARG is omitted or nil.
26309 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26310 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26311 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26315 ;;;***
26317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21852 24381
26318 ;;;;;; 697240 10000))
26319 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26321 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26322 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26323 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26324 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26325 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26326 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26327 original message but it does require a few things:
26329 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26331 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26332 reply buffer.
26334 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26335 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26336 original message.
26338 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26340 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26342 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26343 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26344 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26346 \(fn)" nil nil)
26348 ;;;***
26350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26351 ;;;;;; 586000))
26352 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26354 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26356 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26357 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26358 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26359 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26360 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26361 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26363 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26365 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26366 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26367 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26368 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26369 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26371 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26372 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26373 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26377 ;;;***
26379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26380 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26382 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26383 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26384 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26385 buffer.
26387 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26388 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26389 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26391 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26393 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26394 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26395 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26396 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26397 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26398 buffer.
26400 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26401 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26402 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26404 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26406 ;;;***
26408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21998 46517 298024
26409 ;;;;;; 649000))
26410 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26412 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26413 Insert an editable text table.
26414 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26415 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26416 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26417 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26418 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26419 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26420 delimiting them.
26422 Examples:
26424 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26426 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26427 location of point.
26431 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26432 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26433 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26434 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26435 first cell.
26437 +-----+-----+-----+
26438 |-!- | | |
26439 +-----+-----+-----+
26441 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26443 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26444 width, which results as
26446 +--------------+-----+-----+
26447 |-!- | | |
26448 +--------------+-----+-----+
26450 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26451 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26453 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26454 | | |-!- |
26455 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26457 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26458 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26459 width information to `table-insert'.
26461 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26463 instead of
26465 Cell width(s): 5
26467 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26468 work all together.
26470 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26471 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26473 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26474 |-!- | | |
26475 | | | |
26476 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26478 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26480 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26481 |-!- | | |
26482 | | | |
26483 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26484 | | | |
26485 | | | |
26486 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26488 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26490 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26491 | | | |
26492 | | | |
26493 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26494 | | | |
26495 | | | |
26496 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26499 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26500 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26501 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26503 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26504 | | | |
26505 | | | |
26506 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26507 | | | |
26508 | | | |
26509 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26510 |-!- | | |
26511 | | | |
26512 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26514 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26515 results.
26517 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26518 | | | |
26519 | | | |
26520 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26521 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26522 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26523 | | |expected results.-!- |
26524 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26525 | | | |
26526 | | | |
26527 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26529 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26531 \\{table-cell-map}
26533 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26535 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26536 Insert N table row(s).
26537 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26538 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26539 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26540 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26542 \(fn N)" t nil)
26544 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26545 Insert N table column(s).
26546 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26547 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26548 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26549 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26551 \(fn N)" t nil)
26553 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26554 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26555 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26557 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26559 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26560 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26561 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26562 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26563 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26564 all the table specific features.
26566 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26568 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26571 \(fn)" t nil)
26573 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26574 Recognize all tables within region.
26575 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26576 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26577 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26578 specific features.
26580 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26582 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26585 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26587 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26588 Recognize a table at point.
26589 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26590 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26591 the table specific features.
26593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26595 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26598 \(fn)" t nil)
26600 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26601 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26602 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26603 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26604 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26605 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26606 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26608 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26610 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26613 \(fn)" t nil)
26615 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26616 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26617 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26618 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26619 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26620 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26621 specified.
26623 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26625 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26626 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26627 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26628 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26629 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26630 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26631 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26632 table structure.
26634 \(fn N)" t nil)
26636 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26637 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26638 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26639 table's rectangle structure.
26641 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26643 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26644 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26645 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26646 table's rectangle structure.
26648 \(fn N)" t nil)
26650 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26651 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26652 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26653 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26654 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26656 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26658 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26659 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26660 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26662 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26663 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26664 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26665 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26666 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26667 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26668 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26670 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26671 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26672 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26673 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26674 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26675 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26676 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26678 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26679 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26680 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26681 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26682 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26683 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26684 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26685 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26687 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26689 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26690 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26691 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26692 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26696 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26697 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26698 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26700 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26702 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26703 Split current cell vertically.
26704 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26706 \(fn)" t nil)
26708 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26709 Split current cell horizontally.
26710 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26712 \(fn)" t nil)
26714 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26715 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26716 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26718 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26720 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26721 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26722 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26723 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26725 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26727 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26728 Justify cell contents.
26729 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26730 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26731 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26732 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26734 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26736 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26737 Justify cells of a row.
26738 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26739 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26741 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26743 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26744 Justify cells of a column.
26745 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26746 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26748 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26750 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26751 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26752 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26753 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26754 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26755 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26756 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26757 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26758 run-time.
26760 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26762 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26763 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26764 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26765 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26766 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26767 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26768 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26769 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26770 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26771 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26772 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26774 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26776 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26777 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26778 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26779 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26780 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26781 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26782 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26783 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26784 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26785 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26786 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26787 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26788 untouched.
26790 References used for this implementation:
26792 HTML:
26793 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26795 LaTeX:
26796 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26798 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26799 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26800 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26802 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26804 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26805 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26806 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26807 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26808 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26809 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26810 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26811 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26812 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26813 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26814 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26815 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26816 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26817 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26818 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26819 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
26820 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26822 Example:
26824 (progn
26825 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26826 (table-forward-cell 15)
26827 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26828 (table-forward-cell 16)
26829 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
26830 (table-forward-cell 1)
26831 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
26833 (progn
26834 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26835 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
26836 (table-forward-cell 1)
26837 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
26839 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26841 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26842 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26843 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26844 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26845 consists from cells of same height.
26847 \(fn N)" t nil)
26849 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26850 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26851 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26852 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26853 column must consists from cells of same width.
26855 \(fn N)" t nil)
26857 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26858 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26859 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26860 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26861 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26862 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26863 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26864 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26865 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26866 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26867 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26868 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26869 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26870 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26871 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26874 Example 1:
26876 1, 2, 3, 4
26877 5, 6, 7, 8
26878 , 9, 10
26880 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26881 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26882 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26883 specified as 5.
26885 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26886 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26887 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26888 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26889 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26890 | | 9 | 10 | |
26891 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26893 Note:
26895 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26896 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26897 of each row is optional.
26900 Example 2:
26902 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26903 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26904 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26905 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26906 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26908 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26909 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26911 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26912 expression and raw delimiter regular
26913 expression, it parses the specified text
26914 area and extracts cell items from
26915 non-table text and then forms a table out
26916 of them.
26918 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26919 creates a single cell table. The text in
26920 the specified region is placed in that
26921 cell.-*-
26923 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26924 like this.
26926 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26927 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26928 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26930 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26931 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26932 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26933 | area and extracts cell items from |
26934 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26935 | of them. |
26937 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26938 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26939 | the specified region is placed in that |
26940 | cell. |
26941 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26943 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26944 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26945 independently.
26947 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26948 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26949 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26950 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26951 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26952 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26953 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26954 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26955 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26956 | |of them. |
26957 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26958 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26959 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26960 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26961 | |cell. |
26962 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26964 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26965 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26966 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26968 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26970 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26971 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26972 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26973 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26974 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26976 \(fn)" t nil)
26978 ;;;***
26980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26981 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26983 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26984 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26986 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26988 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26989 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26991 \(fn)" t nil)
26993 ;;;***
26995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
26996 ;;;;;; 752000))
26997 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26999 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27000 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27001 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27002 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27003 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27004 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27005 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27007 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27008 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27009 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27010 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27012 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27013 \\{tar-mode-map}
27015 \(fn)" t nil)
27017 ;;;***
27019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21842 42581 539414
27020 ;;;;;; 570000))
27021 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27023 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27024 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27025 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27026 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27027 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27028 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27030 Variables controlling indentation style:
27031 `tcl-indent-level'
27032 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27033 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27034 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27036 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27037 documentation for details):
27038 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27039 Controls action of TAB key.
27040 `tcl-auto-newline'
27041 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27042 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27043 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27044 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27045 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27047 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27048 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27049 already exist.
27051 \(fn)" t nil)
27053 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27054 Run inferior Tcl process.
27055 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27056 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27058 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27060 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27061 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27062 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27064 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27066 ;;;***
27068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21852 24381 767239
27069 ;;;;;; 782000))
27070 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27072 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27073 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27074 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27075 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27077 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27078 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27079 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27080 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27081 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27083 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27085 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27086 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27087 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27088 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27090 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27092 ;;;***
27094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22011 58553 997858 469000))
27095 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27097 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27098 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27099 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27100 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27101 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27102 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27104 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27106 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27107 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27108 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27109 commands to use in that buffer.
27111 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27113 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27115 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27116 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27118 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27120 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27121 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27122 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27123 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27124 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27125 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27126 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27127 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27128 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27129 use in that buffer.
27130 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27132 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27134 ;;;***
27136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21998
27137 ;;;;;; 46517 22024 649000))
27138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27140 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27141 Start coverage on function under point.
27143 \(fn)" t nil)
27145 ;;;***
27147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22000 1842 148539
27148 ;;;;;; 693000))
27149 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27150 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27152 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27153 Play the Tetris game.
27154 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27155 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27156 as to form complete rows.
27158 tetris-mode keybindings:
27159 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27160 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27161 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27162 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27163 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27164 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27165 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27166 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27167 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27169 \(fn)" t nil)
27171 ;;;***
27173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22026 25907
27174 ;;;;;; 663502 692000))
27175 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27177 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27178 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27180 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27182 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27183 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27184 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27185 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27186 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27188 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27190 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27191 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27192 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27193 if it matches the first line of the file,
27194 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27196 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27198 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27199 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27200 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27201 if the variable is non-nil.")
27203 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27205 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27206 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27208 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27210 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27211 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27212 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27213 See the documentation of that variable.")
27215 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27217 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27218 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27219 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27220 See the documentation of that variable.")
27222 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27224 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27225 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27226 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27227 See the documentation of that variable.")
27229 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27231 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27232 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27233 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27234 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27235 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27237 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27239 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27240 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27241 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27242 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27244 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27246 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27247 User defined LaTeX block names.
27248 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27250 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27252 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27253 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27254 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27255 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27257 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27259 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27260 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27261 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27262 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27264 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27266 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27267 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27268 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27269 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27271 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27272 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27273 for example,
27275 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27276 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27278 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27279 use.")
27281 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27283 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27284 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27285 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27286 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27287 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27289 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27291 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27293 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27294 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27295 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27297 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27299 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27300 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27301 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27302 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27303 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27305 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27307 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27308 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27310 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27312 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27313 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27315 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27317 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27318 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27319 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27320 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27321 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27322 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27323 says which mode to use.
27325 \(fn)" t nil)
27327 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27329 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27331 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27333 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27334 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27335 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27336 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27337 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27339 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27340 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27341 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27342 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27343 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27344 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27345 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27347 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27348 mismatched $'s or braces.
27350 Special commands:
27351 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27353 Mode variables:
27354 tex-run-command
27355 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27356 tex-directory
27357 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27358 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27359 tex-dvi-print-command
27360 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27361 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27362 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27363 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27364 tex-dvi-view-command
27365 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27366 tex-show-queue-command
27367 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27368 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27370 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27371 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27372 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27374 \(fn)" t nil)
27376 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27377 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27378 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27379 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27380 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27382 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27383 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27384 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27385 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27386 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27387 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27388 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27390 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27391 mismatched $'s or braces.
27393 Special commands:
27394 \\{latex-mode-map}
27396 Mode variables:
27397 latex-run-command
27398 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27399 tex-directory
27400 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27401 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27402 tex-dvi-print-command
27403 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27404 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27405 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27406 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27407 tex-dvi-view-command
27408 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27409 tex-show-queue-command
27410 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27411 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27413 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27414 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27415 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27417 \(fn)" t nil)
27419 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27420 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27421 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27422 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27423 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27425 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27426 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27427 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27428 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27429 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27430 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27431 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27433 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27434 mismatched $'s or braces.
27436 Special commands:
27437 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27439 Mode variables:
27440 slitex-run-command
27441 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27442 tex-directory
27443 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27444 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27445 tex-dvi-print-command
27446 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27447 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27448 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27449 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27450 tex-dvi-view-command
27451 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27452 tex-show-queue-command
27453 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27454 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27456 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27457 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27458 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27459 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27461 \(fn)" t nil)
27463 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27466 \(fn)" nil nil)
27468 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27469 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27471 \(fn)" t nil)
27473 ;;;***
27475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22011 58554
27476 ;;;;;; 81858 469000))
27477 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27479 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27480 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27481 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27482 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27484 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27485 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27486 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27488 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27490 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27491 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27492 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27493 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27494 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27496 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27498 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27499 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27500 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27501 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27503 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27504 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27505 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27506 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27508 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27509 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27511 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27513 ;;;***
27515 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22026 25907
27516 ;;;;;; 667502 692000))
27517 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27519 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27520 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27522 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27524 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27525 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27527 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27529 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27530 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27532 It has these extra commands:
27533 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27535 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27536 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27537 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27538 modified version of TeX input format.
27540 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27541 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27542 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27543 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27545 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27546 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27547 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27548 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27549 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27550 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27551 in the Texinfo file.
27553 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27554 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27555 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27556 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27557 move forward past the closing brace.
27559 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27560 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27562 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27563 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27564 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27566 Here are the functions:
27568 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27569 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27570 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27572 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27573 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27574 texinfo-master-menu
27576 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27578 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27579 which menu descriptions are indented.
27581 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27582 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27583 in the region.
27585 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27586 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27587 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27588 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27590 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27591 be the first node in the file.
27593 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27594 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27596 \(fn)" t nil)
27598 ;;;***
27600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27601 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27602 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27604 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27605 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27606 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27607 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27609 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27611 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27612 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27614 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27616 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27617 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27619 \(fn)" t nil)
27621 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27624 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27626 ;;;***
27628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22011 58554 85858
27629 ;;;;;; 469000))
27630 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27632 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27633 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27634 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27635 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27636 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27637 `line', and `page'.
27639 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27641 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27642 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27643 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27644 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27645 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27646 `line', and `page'.
27648 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27649 valid THING.
27651 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27652 positions of the thing found.
27654 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27656 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27657 Return the THING at point.
27658 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27659 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27660 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27661 `line', `number', and `page'.
27663 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27664 strip text properties from the return value.
27666 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27667 a symbol as a valid THING.
27669 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27671 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27672 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27674 \(fn)" nil nil)
27676 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27677 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27679 \(fn)" nil nil)
27681 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27682 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27684 \(fn)" nil nil)
27686 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27687 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27689 \(fn)" nil nil)
27691 ;;;***
27693 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21993 28596 414597 473000))
27694 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27696 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27697 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27699 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27701 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27702 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27703 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27704 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27706 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27708 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27709 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27711 \(fn)" t nil)
27713 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27714 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27716 \(fn)" t nil)
27718 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27720 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27721 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27723 \(fn)" t nil)
27725 ;;;***
27727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27728 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27729 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27731 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27732 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27733 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27735 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27737 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27738 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27740 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27742 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27743 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27744 The returned string has no composition information.
27746 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27748 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27749 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27751 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27753 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27754 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27756 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27758 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27759 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27760 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27761 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27763 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27765 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27766 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27767 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27768 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27770 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27772 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27773 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27774 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27776 \(fn)" t nil)
27778 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27779 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27780 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27782 \(fn)" t nil)
27784 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27787 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27789 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27792 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27794 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27797 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27799 ;;;***
27801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22026 25907
27802 ;;;;;; 667502 692000))
27803 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27804 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27806 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27807 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27808 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27809 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27810 parameters.
27811 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27812 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27813 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27815 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27817 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27818 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27819 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27820 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27821 parameters.
27822 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27823 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27824 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27826 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27828 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27829 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27832 * character before point is a space character,
27833 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27834 constituent),
27835 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27836 characters) from before the space character, and
27837 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27838 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27839 return t.
27841 Otherwise, if
27842 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27843 * character before point is a space character, and
27844 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27845 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27846 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27848 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27850 \(fn)" t nil)
27852 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27853 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27855 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27856 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27857 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27858 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27860 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27861 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27862 variable will be set to the representation.
27864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27866 ;;;***
27868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22026 25907 667502 692000))
27869 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27871 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27872 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27874 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27875 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27877 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27878 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27879 This display updates automatically every minute.
27880 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27881 are displayed as well.
27882 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27884 \(fn)" t nil)
27886 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27887 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27888 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27890 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27891 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27893 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27895 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27896 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27897 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27898 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27899 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27901 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27902 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27903 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27904 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27905 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27909 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27910 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27911 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27912 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27914 \(fn)" t nil)
27916 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27917 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27918 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27919 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27921 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27923 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27924 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27926 \(fn)" t nil)
27928 ;;;***
27930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22000
27931 ;;;;;; 55581 510930 477000))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27934 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27935 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27936 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27938 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27939 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27940 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27941 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27942 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27943 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27945 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27946 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27948 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27950 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27951 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27953 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27955 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27956 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27957 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27959 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27961 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27962 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27963 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27964 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27966 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27967 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27968 DATE should be a date-time string.
27970 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27972 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27973 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27974 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27976 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27978 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27979 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27981 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27983 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27984 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27986 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27988 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27989 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27990 TIME should be a time value.
27991 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27993 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27995 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27996 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27997 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27999 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28001 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28002 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28003 The valid format specifiers are:
28004 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28005 %d is the number of days.
28006 %h is the number of hours.
28007 %m is the number of minutes.
28008 %s is the number of seconds.
28009 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28010 %% is a literal \"%\".
28012 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28013 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28015 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28016 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28017 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28019 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28020 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28021 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28023 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28025 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28027 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28028 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28030 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28032 ;;;***
28034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21980 16568 89544
28035 ;;;;;; 893000))
28036 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28037 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28038 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28039 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28040 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28041 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28042 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28043 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28044 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28046 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28047 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28048 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28049 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28050 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28051 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28052 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28053 look like one of the following:
28054 Time-stamp: <>
28055 Time-stamp: \" \"
28056 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28057 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28058 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28059 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28060 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28061 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28062 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28063 the template.
28065 \(fn)" t nil)
28067 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28068 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28069 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28071 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28073 ;;;***
28075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21998
28076 ;;;;;; 46516 882024 649000))
28077 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28078 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28080 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28081 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28082 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28083 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28084 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28085 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28087 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28089 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28090 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28091 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28092 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28093 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28094 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28095 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28096 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28097 display (non-nil means on).
28099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28101 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28102 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28103 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28104 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28105 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28106 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28107 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28108 this function is called within a day.
28110 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28111 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28112 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28113 discover the name of the project.
28115 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28117 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28118 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28119 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28120 begun during the last time segment.
28122 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28123 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28124 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28125 discover the reason.
28127 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28129 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28130 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28131 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28132 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28133 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28135 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28137 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28138 Change to working on a different project.
28139 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28140 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28141 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28142 working on.
28144 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28146 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28147 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28148 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28150 \(fn)" nil nil)
28152 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28153 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28154 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28156 \(fn)" t nil)
28158 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28159 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28160 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28161 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28162 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28163 \"relative to today\".
28165 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28167 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28168 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28169 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28170 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28172 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28174 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28175 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28176 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28177 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28178 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28179 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28181 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28183 ;;;***
28185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28186 ;;;;;; (22011 58553 673858 469000))
28187 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28189 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28190 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28191 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28192 the generated Quail package is saved.
28194 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28196 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28197 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28198 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28199 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28200 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28201 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28202 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28204 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28206 ;;;***
28208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21907 48688 873360 195000))
28209 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28210 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28211 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28213 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28214 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28215 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28216 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28217 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28219 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28220 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28221 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28223 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28225 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28226 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28227 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28228 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28229 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28231 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28233 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28234 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28235 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28236 in the menu in two ways:
28237 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28238 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28239 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28241 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28242 keymap or an alist of alists.
28243 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28244 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28246 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28248 ;;;***
28250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22015
28251 ;;;;;; 55603 665705 321000))
28252 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28254 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28255 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28257 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28258 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28259 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28260 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28261 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28262 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28263 file was last visited.
28265 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28266 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28267 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28268 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28269 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28270 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28271 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28272 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28273 for the first item.
28275 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28276 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28277 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28278 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28279 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28280 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28281 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28282 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28284 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28285 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28286 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28287 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28288 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28290 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28291 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28293 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28295 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28296 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28298 \\{todo-mode-map}
28300 \(fn)" t nil)
28302 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28303 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28305 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28307 \(fn)" t nil)
28309 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28310 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28312 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28314 \(fn)" t nil)
28316 ;;;***
28318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28319 ;;;;;; 586000))
28320 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28322 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28323 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28324 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28328 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28329 Add an item to the tool bar.
28330 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28331 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28332 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28333 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28335 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28336 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28337 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28338 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28340 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28341 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28343 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28345 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28346 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28347 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28348 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28349 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28350 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28352 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28353 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28354 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28355 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28357 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28359 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28360 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28361 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28362 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28363 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28364 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28365 properties to add to the binding.
28367 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28369 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28370 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28372 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28374 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28375 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28376 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28377 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28378 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28379 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28380 properties to add to the binding.
28382 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28383 holds a keymap.
28385 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28387 ;;;***
28389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28390 ;;;;;; 725000))
28391 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28393 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28394 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28395 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28396 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28397 to a tcp server on another machine.
28399 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28401 ;;;***
28403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28404 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28405 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28407 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28408 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28410 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28412 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28413 Helper function to get internal values.
28414 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28416 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28418 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28419 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28420 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28421 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28423 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28424 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28425 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28426 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28427 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28429 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28430 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28431 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28432 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28434 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28436 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28438 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28439 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28440 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28441 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28443 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28445 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28447 ;;;***
28449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22015 55603 713705
28450 ;;;;;; 321000))
28451 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28453 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28454 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28455 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28457 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28459 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28460 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28462 It can have the following values:
28464 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28465 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28467 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28469 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28470 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28471 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28472 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28474 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28476 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28477 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28478 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28479 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28481 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28482 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28483 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28484 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28485 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28486 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28487 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28488 files which are not really Tramp files.
28490 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28491 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28492 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28493 updated after changing this variable.
28495 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28497 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28498 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28499 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28500 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28502 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28504 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28505 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28506 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28507 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28509 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28510 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28511 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28513 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28514 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28515 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28516 updated after changing this variable.
28518 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28520 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28521 Alist of completion handler functions.
28522 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28523 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28524 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28526 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28527 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28528 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28529 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28531 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28532 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28533 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28535 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28536 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28538 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28539 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28541 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28543 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28546 \(fn)" nil nil)
28548 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28549 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28551 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28553 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28554 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28556 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28558 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28559 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28561 \(fn)" t nil)
28563 ;;;***
28565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28566 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28567 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28569 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28572 \(fn)" nil nil)
28574 ;;;***
28576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22011 58554 85858
28577 ;;;;;; 469000))
28578 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28580 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28581 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28582 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28583 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28584 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28585 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28586 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28587 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28589 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28590 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28591 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28593 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28594 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28595 resumed later.
28597 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28599 ;;;***
28601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28602 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28603 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28605 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28608 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28610 ;;;***
28612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21998
28613 ;;;;;; 46517 298024 649000))
28614 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28615 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28616 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28617 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28619 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28620 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28621 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28622 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28623 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28624 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28625 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28627 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28629 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28630 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28631 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28632 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28634 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28636 \(fn)" t nil)
28638 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28639 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28640 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28641 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28642 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28643 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28644 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28646 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28647 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28649 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28650 \\___/\\
28651 / \\
28652 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28654 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28656 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28658 ;;;***
28660 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22011 58554 85858
28661 ;;;;;; 469000))
28662 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28664 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28665 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28666 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28667 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28668 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28669 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28671 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28673 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28674 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28675 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28677 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28678 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28679 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28680 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28681 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28682 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28683 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28685 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28686 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28688 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28689 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28690 reset the keystroke counter.
28692 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28693 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28694 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28695 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28697 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28698 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28699 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28700 `type-break-schedule' command.
28702 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28703 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28704 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28705 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28706 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28707 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28708 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28709 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28710 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28712 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28713 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28714 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28715 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28716 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28718 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28719 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28720 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28721 approximate good values for this.
28723 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28724 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28726 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28727 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28728 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28729 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28730 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28731 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28733 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28734 a typing break occur. They include:
28736 `type-break-query-mode'
28737 `type-break-query-function'
28738 `type-break-query-interval'
28740 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28742 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28743 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28744 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28745 problems.
28747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28749 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28750 Take a typing break.
28752 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28753 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28755 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28756 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28758 \(fn)" t nil)
28760 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28761 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28762 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28763 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28765 \(fn)" t nil)
28767 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28768 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28770 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28771 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28772 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28773 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28774 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28775 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28776 average typing speed.)
28778 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28779 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28780 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28781 the computed maximum threshold.
28783 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28784 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28785 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28786 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28787 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28789 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28791 ;;;***
28793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22026 25907 603502 692000))
28794 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28796 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28797 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28798 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28799 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28800 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28802 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28804 ;;;***
28806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28807 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28808 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28810 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28811 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28813 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28815 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28816 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28818 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28820 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28821 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28823 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28825 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28826 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28828 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28830 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28831 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28833 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28835 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28836 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28838 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28840 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28841 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28843 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28845 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28846 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28848 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28850 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28851 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28853 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28855 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28856 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28858 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28860 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28861 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28863 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28865 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28866 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28868 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28870 ;;;***
28872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28873 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28874 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28876 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28877 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28878 Works by overstriking underscores.
28879 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28880 which specify the range to operate on.
28882 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28884 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28885 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28886 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28887 which specify the range to operate on.
28889 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28891 ;;;***
28893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28894 ;;;;;; 720000))
28895 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28897 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28898 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28899 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28900 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28901 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28902 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28904 \(fn)" nil nil)
28906 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28907 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28908 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28910 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28912 ;;;***
28914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28915 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28916 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28918 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28919 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28920 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28921 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28923 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28925 ;;;***
28927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28928 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28930 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28931 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28932 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28933 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28934 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28936 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28937 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28938 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28939 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28940 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28941 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28943 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28944 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28945 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28947 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28948 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28949 the callback is not called).
28951 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28952 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28953 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28954 take effect.
28956 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28957 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28958 the server.
28959 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28960 URL-encoded before it's used.
28962 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28964 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28965 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28966 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28967 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28968 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28970 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28972 ;;;***
28974 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21989 31537 943825
28975 ;;;;;; 721000))
28976 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28978 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28979 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28980 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28982 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28983 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28984 `url-generic-parse-url'
28985 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28986 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
28987 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28988 realm
28989 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28990 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
28991 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
28992 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28993 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28994 what type of auth to use
28995 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28996 if one cannot be found in the cache
28998 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29000 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29001 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29003 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29004 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29005 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29006 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29007 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29008 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29009 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29010 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29012 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29014 ;;;***
29016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
29017 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29018 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29020 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29021 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29023 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29025 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29026 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29027 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29029 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29031 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29032 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29034 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29036 ;;;***
29038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
29039 ;;;;;; 586000))
29040 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29042 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29045 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29047 ;;;***
29049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22011 58554 85858
29050 ;;;;;; 469000))
29051 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29053 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29054 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29055 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29057 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29059 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29060 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29061 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29062 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29064 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29065 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29066 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29067 though.
29069 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29071 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29072 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29073 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29075 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29077 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29080 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29082 ;;;***
29084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
29085 ;;;;;; 586000))
29086 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29088 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29089 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29091 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29093 ;;;***
29095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22011 58554 85858
29096 ;;;;;; 469000))
29097 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29099 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29100 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29102 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29104 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29105 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29106 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29107 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29108 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29110 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29111 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29113 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29115 ;;;***
29117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22011
29118 ;;;;;; 58554 85858 469000))
29119 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29121 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29122 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29123 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29124 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29125 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29126 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29128 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29130 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29131 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29132 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29133 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29134 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29138 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29139 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29140 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29141 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29143 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29145 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29146 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29147 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29148 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29149 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29150 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29151 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29152 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29153 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29154 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29156 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29158 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29159 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29160 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29161 accessible.
29163 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29165 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29168 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29170 ;;;***
29172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22018 31799 119263
29173 ;;;;;; 120000))
29174 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29175 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29177 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29178 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29179 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29180 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29181 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29183 ;;;***
29185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29186 ;;;;;; 586000))
29187 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29189 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29192 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29194 ;;;***
29196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
29197 ;;;;;; 586000))
29198 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29200 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29201 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29202 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29203 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29204 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29206 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29208 ;;;***
29210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29211 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29212 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29214 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29217 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29219 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29220 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29222 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29224 ;;;***
29226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29227 ;;;;;; 586000))
29228 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29230 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29231 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29233 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29235 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29236 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29238 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29240 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29243 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29245 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29247 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29249 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29251 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29252 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29254 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29256 ;;;***
29258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29259 ;;;;;; 586000))
29260 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29262 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29265 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29267 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29270 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29272 ;;;***
29274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29275 ;;;;;; 586000))
29276 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29278 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29281 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29283 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29286 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29288 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29291 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29293 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29296 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29298 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29301 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29303 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29306 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29308 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29311 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29313 ;;;***
29315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29316 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29317 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29319 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29320 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29322 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29324 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29325 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29326 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29328 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29329 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29330 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29331 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29332 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29333 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29334 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29335 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29336 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29337 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29338 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29339 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29340 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29341 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29343 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29344 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29345 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29347 Here is an example. The URL
29349 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29351 parses to
29353 TYPE = \"foo\"
29354 USER = \"bob\"
29355 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29356 HOST = \"example.com\"
29357 PORTSPEC = 42
29358 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29359 TARGET = \"nose\"
29360 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29361 FULLNESS = t
29363 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29365 ;;;***
29367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29368 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29369 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29371 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29372 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29374 \(fn)" t nil)
29376 ;;;***
29378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29379 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29380 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29382 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29383 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29384 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29385 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29386 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29387 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29389 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29391 ;;;***
29393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29394 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29395 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29397 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29398 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29399 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29401 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29403 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29404 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29405 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29406 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29408 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29410 ;;;***
29412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21993 28596 418597
29413 ;;;;;; 473000))
29414 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29416 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29417 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29418 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29420 If t, all messages will be logged.
29421 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29422 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29424 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29426 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29429 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29431 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29434 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29436 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29437 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29438 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29439 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29440 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29441 & ==> &amp;
29442 < ==> &lt;
29443 > ==> &gt;
29444 \" ==> &quot;
29446 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29448 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29449 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29450 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29452 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29454 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29455 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29456 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29458 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29460 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29461 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29463 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29465 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29466 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29468 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29470 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29471 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29473 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29475 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29478 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29480 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29483 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29485 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29487 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29488 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29490 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29492 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29493 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29495 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29497 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29500 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29502 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29503 Build a query-string.
29505 Given a QUERY in the form:
29506 ((key1 val1)
29507 (key2 val2)
29508 (key3 val1 val2)
29509 (key4)
29510 (key5 \"\"))
29512 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29514 This will return a string
29515 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29516 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29517 be used.
29519 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29521 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29522 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29524 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29526 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29527 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29528 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29529 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29530 forbidden in URL encoding.
29532 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29534 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29535 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29536 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29537 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29538 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29539 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29541 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29542 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29543 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29544 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29546 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29548 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29549 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29550 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29551 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29552 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29553 should return it unchanged.
29555 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29557 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29558 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29559 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29560 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29562 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29564 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29565 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29566 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29568 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29570 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29571 View the current document's URL.
29572 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29573 the minibuffer.
29575 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29577 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29579 ;;;***
29581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21976 19510 152430
29582 ;;;;;; 241000))
29583 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29585 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29586 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29587 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29588 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29589 to refrain from editing the file
29590 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29591 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29592 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29593 in any way you like.
29595 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29597 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29598 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29599 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29600 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29601 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29603 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29604 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29606 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29608 ;;;***
29610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29611 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29612 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29614 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29617 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29619 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29622 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29624 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29627 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29629 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29632 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29634 ;;;***
29636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29637 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29639 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29640 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29642 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29644 ;;;***
29646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21855 577 67944
29647 ;;;;;; 554000))
29648 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29650 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29651 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29652 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29653 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29655 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29657 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29658 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29659 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29661 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29663 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29664 Uudecode region between START and END.
29665 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29667 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29669 ;;;***
29671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22014 34736 871840 613000))
29672 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29674 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29675 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29676 See `run-hooks'.")
29678 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29680 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29681 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29682 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29684 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29686 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29687 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29688 See `run-hooks'.")
29690 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29692 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29693 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29695 If FILE is already registered, return the
29696 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29697 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29698 responsible for FILE is returned.
29700 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29702 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29703 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29704 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29705 same state. If not, signal an error.
29707 For merging-based version control systems:
29708 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29709 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29710 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29711 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29712 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29713 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29715 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29716 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29717 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29718 the file(s) for editing.
29719 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29720 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29721 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29722 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29723 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29725 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29727 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29728 Register into a version control system.
29729 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29730 Otherwise register the current file.
29731 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29733 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29734 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29735 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29736 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29737 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29738 first backend that could register the file is used.
29740 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29742 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29743 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29745 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29747 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29748 Display diffs between file revisions.
29749 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29750 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29751 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29753 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29754 saving the buffer.
29756 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29758 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29759 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29760 repository history using ediff.
29762 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29764 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29765 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29766 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29767 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29768 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29770 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29771 saving the buffer.
29773 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29775 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29776 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29777 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29778 fileset with the working revision.
29779 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29780 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29782 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29783 saving the buffer.
29785 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29787 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29788 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29789 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29791 \(fn)" nil nil)
29793 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29794 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29795 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29796 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29798 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29800 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29801 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29802 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29803 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29805 \(fn)" t nil)
29807 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29808 Perform a version control merge operation.
29809 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29810 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29811 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29812 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29814 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29815 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29816 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29817 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29818 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29819 changes from the current branch.
29821 \(fn)" t nil)
29823 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29825 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29826 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29827 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29828 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29829 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29830 checked out in that new branch.
29832 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29834 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29835 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29836 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29837 named branch in the directory DIR.
29838 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29839 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29840 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29841 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29842 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29843 allowed and simply skipped).
29845 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29847 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29848 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29849 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29850 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29851 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29853 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29854 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29856 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29858 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29859 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29860 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29861 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29862 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29864 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29866 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29867 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29868 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29870 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29872 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29873 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29874 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29876 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29878 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29879 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29881 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29883 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29884 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29885 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29886 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29888 \(fn)" t nil)
29890 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29892 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29893 Update the current fileset or branch.
29894 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29895 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29896 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29897 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29899 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29900 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29901 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29902 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29903 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29907 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29909 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29910 Push the current branch.
29911 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29912 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29913 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29914 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt.
29915 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29919 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29920 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29921 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29922 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29923 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29924 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29925 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29927 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29929 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29930 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29931 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29932 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29933 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29934 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29935 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29936 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29937 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29939 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29941 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29942 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29943 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29944 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29946 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29948 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29949 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29950 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29951 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29953 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29955 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29956 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29957 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29958 directory.
29960 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29962 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29963 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29964 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29966 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29967 log entries should be gathered.
29969 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29971 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29972 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29974 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29976 ;;;***
29978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22011 58554
29979 ;;;;;; 93858 469000))
29980 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29982 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29983 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29985 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29986 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29987 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29988 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29989 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29990 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29992 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29993 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29994 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29995 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29996 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29997 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29998 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29999 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30001 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30003 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30005 Customization variables:
30007 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30008 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30009 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30010 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30011 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30012 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30014 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30016 ;;;***
30018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22014 34736 819840
30019 ;;;;;; 613000))
30020 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30022 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30023 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30025 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30026 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30027 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30028 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30029 (progn
30030 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30031 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30033 ;;;***
30035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22014 34736 823840
30036 ;;;;;; 613000))
30037 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30038 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30039 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30040 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30041 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30042 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30043 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30045 ;;;***
30047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21842 40083 319216
30048 ;;;;;; 272000))
30049 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30051 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30052 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30053 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30054 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30055 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30057 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30058 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30059 The file lines appear later.
30061 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30062 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30064 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30066 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30068 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30070 ;;;***
30072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21862
30073 ;;;;;; 60209 928657 362000))
30074 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30076 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30077 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30078 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30079 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30080 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30081 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30082 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30083 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30084 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30085 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30086 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30087 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30088 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30089 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30090 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30092 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30094 ;;;***
30096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22014 34736 835840
30097 ;;;;;; 613000))
30098 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30099 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30100 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30101 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30102 (progn
30103 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30104 (vc-git-registered file))))
30106 ;;;***
30108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22014 34736 835840 613000))
30109 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30110 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30111 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30112 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30113 (progn
30114 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30115 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30117 ;;;***
30119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22014 34736 839840
30120 ;;;;;; 613000))
30121 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30123 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30124 Name of the monotone directory.")
30126 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30127 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30128 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30129 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30130 (progn
30131 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30132 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30134 ;;;***
30136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22014 34736 851840
30137 ;;;;;; 613000))
30138 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30140 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30141 Where to look for RCS master files.
30142 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30144 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30146 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30148 ;;;***
30150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22014 34736 863840
30151 ;;;;;; 613000))
30152 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30154 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30155 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30156 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30158 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30160 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30162 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30163 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30164 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30165 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30167 ;;;***
30169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22014 34736 863840
30170 ;;;;;; 613000))
30171 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30173 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30174 Where to look for SRC master files.
30175 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30177 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30179 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30181 ;;;***
30183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22011 58554 97858
30184 ;;;;;; 469000))
30185 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30186 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30187 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30188 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30189 "_svn")
30190 (t ".svn"))))
30191 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30192 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30193 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30195 ;;;***
30197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22011
30198 ;;;;;; 58553 929858 469000))
30199 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30200 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30203 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30204 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30206 Usage:
30207 ------
30209 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30210 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30211 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30212 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30214 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30215 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30216 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30217 completions.
30219 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30220 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30222 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30223 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30225 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30226 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30227 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30229 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30232 Maintenance:
30233 ------------
30235 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30236 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30238 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30240 Official distribution is at
30241 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30244 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30245 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30247 Key bindings:
30248 -------------
30250 \\{vera-mode-map}
30252 \(fn)" t nil)
30254 ;;;***
30256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30257 ;;;;;; (22015 55603 833705 321000))
30258 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30260 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30261 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30262 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30263 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30264 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30266 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30268 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30269 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30271 Supports highlighting.
30273 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30274 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30276 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30278 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30279 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30280 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30281 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30282 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30283 on the left side of your screen.
30284 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30285 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30286 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30287 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30288 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30289 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30290 function keyword.
30291 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30292 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30293 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30294 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30295 if (a)
30296 begin
30297 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30298 Indentation for case statements.
30299 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30300 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30301 mark after an end.
30302 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30303 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30304 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30305 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30306 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30307 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30308 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30309 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30310 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30311 if (a)
30312 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30313 otherwise you get:
30314 if (a)
30315 begin
30316 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30317 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30318 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30319 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30320 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30321 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30322 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30323 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30324 comments in tight quarters.
30325 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30326 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30328 Variables controlling other actions:
30330 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30331 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30332 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30334 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30336 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30338 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30339 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30340 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30342 Some other functions are:
30344 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30345 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30346 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30347 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30348 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30350 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30351 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30352 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30353 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30355 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30356 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30357 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30358 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30359 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30360 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30361 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30362 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30363 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30364 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30365 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30366 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30367 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30368 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30369 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30370 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30371 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30372 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30373 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30374 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30375 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30376 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30377 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30378 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30379 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30380 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30381 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30382 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30383 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30384 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30385 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30387 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30388 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30390 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30392 \(fn)" t nil)
30394 ;;;***
30396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22011
30397 ;;;;;; 58553 969858 469000))
30398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30400 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30401 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30403 Usage:
30404 ------
30406 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30407 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30408 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30409 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30410 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30411 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30412 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30413 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30414 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30416 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30417 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30418 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30419 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30421 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30422 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30423 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30424 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30425 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30427 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30428 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30431 HEADER INSERTION:
30432 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30433 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30434 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30437 STUTTERING:
30438 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30439 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30440 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30441 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30443 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30444 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30445 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30446 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30447 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30450 WORD COMPLETION:
30451 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30452 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30453 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30454 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30456 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30457 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30458 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30459 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30460 beginning with \"std\").
30462 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30463 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30464 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30465 stop.
30468 COMMENTS:
30469 `--' puts a single comment.
30470 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30471 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30472 with a comment in between.
30473 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30474 out following lines.
30475 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30476 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30477 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30478 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30480 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30481 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30482 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30483 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30484 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30485 non-nil.
30487 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30488 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30489 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30490 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30491 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30492 multi-line comments.
30495 INDENTATION:
30496 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30497 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30498 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30499 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30500 the entire region.
30502 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30503 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30504 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30505 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30507 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30508 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30509 and vice versa.
30511 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30512 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30514 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30515 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30516 line.
30519 ALIGNMENT:
30520 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30521 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30522 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30523 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30524 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30525 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30526 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30527 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30529 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30530 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30531 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30532 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30533 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30534 is non-nil.
30536 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30537 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30538 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30540 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30541 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30544 CODE FILLING:
30545 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30546 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30547 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30548 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30549 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30550 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30553 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30554 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30555 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30556 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30557 command:
30559 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30562 PORT TRANSLATION:
30563 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30564 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30565 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30566 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30567 internal signal initializations (menu).
30569 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30570 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30571 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30573 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30574 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30575 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30576 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30577 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30578 in subsequent paste operations.)
30580 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30581 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30582 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30585 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30586 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30587 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30588 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30589 association list with formals).
30592 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30593 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30594 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30595 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30596 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30597 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30598 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30599 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30600 `vhdl-testbench'.
30603 KEY BINDINGS:
30604 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30607 VHDL MENU:
30608 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30611 FILE BROWSER:
30612 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30613 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30614 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30616 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30617 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30620 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30621 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30622 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30623 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30625 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30626 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30627 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30629 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30630 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30631 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30632 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30634 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30635 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30636 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30637 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30638 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30640 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30641 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30642 required by secondary units.
30645 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30646 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30647 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30648 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30649 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30650 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30651 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30652 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30653 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30654 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30655 inputs to this component -> input port created
30656 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30657 outputs from this component -> output port created
30658 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30659 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30661 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30662 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30663 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30664 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30665 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30667 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30668 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30670 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30671 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30672 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30673 component instantiation is also supported (option
30674 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30676 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30677 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30678 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30679 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30680 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30681 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30682 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30683 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30684 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30685 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30686 generating the configuration.
30688 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30689 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30690 configurations in speedbar.
30692 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30695 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30696 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30697 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30698 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30699 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30700 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30701 information. New compilers can be added.
30703 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30704 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30707 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30708 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30709 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30710 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30711 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30713 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30714 command:
30716 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30717 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30718 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30720 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30721 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30722 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30723 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30724 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30725 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30726 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30727 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30728 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30730 Limitations:
30731 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30732 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30733 not (yet) supported.
30734 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30735 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30736 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30739 PROJECTS:
30740 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30741 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30742 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30743 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30744 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30745 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30746 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30747 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30749 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30750 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30751 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30752 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30753 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30754 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30755 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30756 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30757 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30758 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30759 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30762 SPECIAL MENUES:
30763 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30764 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30765 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30766 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30767 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30768 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30769 current directory for VHDL source files.
30772 VHDL STANDARDS:
30773 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30774 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30777 KEYWORD CASE:
30778 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30779 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30780 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30781 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30782 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30783 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30784 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30785 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30788 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30789 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30790 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30791 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30792 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30793 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30794 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30796 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30797 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30798 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30799 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30800 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30801 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30803 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30804 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30805 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30806 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30807 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30808 visually.
30810 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30811 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30812 highlighted if written in lower case.
30814 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30815 highlighted using a different background color if option
30816 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30818 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30819 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30820 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30821 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30822 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30825 USER MODELS:
30826 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30827 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30828 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30831 HIDE/SHOW:
30832 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30833 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30834 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30835 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30836 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30839 CODE UPDATING:
30840 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30841 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30842 Limitations:
30843 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30844 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30845 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30846 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30847 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30848 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30849 (used to obtain the port names).
30850 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30851 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30852 sensitivity lists.
30855 CODE FIXING:
30856 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30857 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30860 PRINTING:
30861 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30862 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30863 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30864 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30865 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30866 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30867 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30868 printers.
30871 OPTIONS:
30872 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30873 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30874 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30875 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30876 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30878 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30879 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
30880 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30881 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30882 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30883 INSTALL file).
30885 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30886 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
30889 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30890 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30891 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30892 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30894 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30897 HINTS:
30898 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30899 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30901 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30903 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30905 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30908 RELEASE NOTES:
30909 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30912 Maintenance:
30913 ------------
30915 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
30916 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30918 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30920 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30921 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30922 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30923 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30925 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30926 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30927 where the latest version can be found.
30930 Known problems:
30931 ---------------
30933 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30934 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30935 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30936 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30939 The VHDL Mode Authors
30940 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30942 Key bindings:
30943 -------------
30945 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30947 \(fn)" t nil)
30949 ;;;***
30951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30952 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30953 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30955 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30956 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30958 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30960 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30961 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30962 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30963 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30965 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30967 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30968 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30970 \(fn)" t nil)
30972 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30973 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30974 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30975 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30977 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30979 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30980 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30982 \(fn)" t nil)
30984 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30987 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30989 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30992 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30994 ;;;***
30996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
30997 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30999 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31000 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31001 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31003 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31005 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31006 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31007 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31008 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31010 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31012 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31013 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31015 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31017 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31018 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31019 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31020 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31021 moving around in the buffer.
31022 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31023 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31025 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31027 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31029 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31030 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31031 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31032 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31034 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31035 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31036 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31037 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31038 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31040 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31042 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31044 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31045 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31046 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31047 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31048 buffer.
31050 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31051 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31052 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31053 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31054 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31056 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31058 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31060 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31061 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31062 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31063 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31064 moving around in the buffer.
31065 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31066 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31068 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31070 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31071 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31072 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31074 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31075 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31076 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31077 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31079 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31080 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31081 own View-like bindings.
31083 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31085 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31086 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31087 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31088 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31089 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31090 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31091 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31093 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31095 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31097 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31098 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31099 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31101 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31102 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31103 own View-like bindings.
31105 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31107 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31108 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31109 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31110 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31111 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31112 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31113 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31115 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31117 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31119 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31120 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31121 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31123 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31124 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31125 own View-like bindings.
31127 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31129 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31130 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31131 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31132 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31133 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31135 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31136 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31137 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31138 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31140 \\<view-mode-map>
31142 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31143 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31144 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31145 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31146 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31147 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31148 to a repeat count of one.
31150 H, h, ? This message.
31151 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31152 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31153 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31154 > move to the end of buffer.
31155 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31156 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31157 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31158 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31159 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31160 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31161 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31162 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31163 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31164 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31165 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31166 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31167 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31168 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31169 Use this to view a changing file.
31170 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31171 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31172 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31173 . set the mark.
31174 x exchanges point and mark.
31175 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31176 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31177 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31178 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31179 ' go to position saved in character register.
31180 s do forward incremental search.
31181 r do reverse incremental search.
31182 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31183 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31184 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31185 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31186 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31187 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31188 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31189 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31190 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31191 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31192 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31193 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31194 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31195 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31196 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31197 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31198 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31200 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31201 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31202 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31203 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31204 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31205 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31206 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31207 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31208 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31210 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31214 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31215 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31216 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31217 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31218 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31219 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31220 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31221 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31222 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31224 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31226 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31228 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31229 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31230 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31231 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31232 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31233 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31235 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31236 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31237 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31239 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31241 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31243 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31245 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31246 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31248 \(fn)" t nil)
31250 ;;;***
31252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22011 58553 461858
31253 ;;;;;; 469000))
31254 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31255 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31257 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31258 Toggle Viper on/off.
31259 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31261 \(fn)" t nil)
31263 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31264 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31266 \(fn)" t nil)
31268 ;;;***
31270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21986
31271 ;;;;;; 55346 260512 613000))
31272 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31274 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31275 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31276 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31277 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31278 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31279 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31280 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31281 the beginning of the warning.")
31283 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31284 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31285 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31286 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31287 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31288 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31289 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31290 also call that function before the next warning.")
31292 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31293 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31295 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31296 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31297 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31298 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31300 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31301 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31302 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31303 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31304 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31305 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31307 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31308 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31309 Default is :warning.
31311 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31312 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31313 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31314 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31315 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31316 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31318 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31319 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31320 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31322 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31324 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31325 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31327 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31329 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31330 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31331 \\<special-mode-map>
31332 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31333 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31335 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31336 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31337 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31338 can be whatever you like.)
31340 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31341 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31343 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31344 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31345 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31346 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31347 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31349 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31351 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31352 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31353 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31354 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31355 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31357 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31359 ;;;***
31361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22026 25907 675502 692000))
31362 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31363 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31365 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31366 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31367 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31368 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31369 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31370 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31371 directories to reflect your edits.
31373 See `wdired-mode'.
31375 \(fn)" t nil)
31377 ;;;***
31379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31380 ;;;;;; 720000))
31381 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31383 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31384 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31386 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31387 hotlist.
31389 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31390 <nwv@acm.org>.
31392 \(fn)" t nil)
31394 ;;;***
31396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21986
31397 ;;;;;; 55346 292512 613000))
31398 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31399 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31400 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31402 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31404 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31405 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31406 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31408 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31409 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31411 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31413 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31414 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31415 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31416 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31417 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31419 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31420 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31421 in certain major modes.
31423 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31425 ;;;***
31427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22026 25907 675502
31428 ;;;;;; 692000))
31429 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31430 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31432 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31433 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31434 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31435 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31436 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31438 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31439 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31443 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31444 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31445 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31446 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31447 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31449 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31450 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31451 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31452 use `whitespace-mode'.
31454 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31456 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31458 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31459 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31460 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31461 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31462 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31463 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31465 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31467 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31468 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31469 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31470 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31471 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31473 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31474 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31478 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31479 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31480 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31481 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31482 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31483 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31485 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31487 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31488 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31489 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31490 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31491 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31493 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31494 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31495 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31496 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31498 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31500 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31502 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31503 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31505 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31506 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31508 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31509 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31511 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31513 CHAR MEANING
31514 (VIA FACES)
31515 f toggle face visualization
31516 t toggle TAB visualization
31517 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31518 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31519 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31520 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31521 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31522 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31523 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31524 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31525 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31526 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31527 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31528 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31529 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31530 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31531 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31532 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31534 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31535 T toggle TAB visualization
31536 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31537 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31539 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31540 ? display brief help
31542 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31543 The valid symbols are:
31545 face toggle face visualization
31546 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31547 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31548 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31549 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31550 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31551 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31552 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31553 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31554 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31555 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31556 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31557 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31558 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31559 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31560 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31561 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31562 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31564 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31565 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31566 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31568 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31570 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31572 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31574 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31575 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31577 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31578 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31580 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31581 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31583 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31585 CHAR MEANING
31586 (VIA FACES)
31587 f toggle face visualization
31588 t toggle TAB visualization
31589 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31590 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31591 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31592 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31593 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31594 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31595 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31596 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31597 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31598 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31599 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31600 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31601 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31602 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31603 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31604 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31606 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31607 T toggle TAB visualization
31608 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31609 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31611 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31612 ? display brief help
31614 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31615 The valid symbols are:
31617 face toggle face visualization
31618 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31619 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31620 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31621 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31622 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31623 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31624 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31625 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31626 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31627 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31628 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31629 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31630 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31631 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31632 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31633 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31634 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31636 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31637 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31638 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31640 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31642 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31644 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31646 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31647 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31649 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31650 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31651 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31652 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31653 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31655 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31657 The problems cleaned up are:
31659 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31660 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31661 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31662 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31664 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31665 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31666 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31667 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31668 SPACEs.
31669 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31670 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31671 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31672 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31674 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31675 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31676 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31677 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31678 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31679 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31680 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31681 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31683 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31684 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31685 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31687 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31688 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31689 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31690 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31691 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31692 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31693 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31694 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31696 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31697 documentation.
31699 \(fn)" t nil)
31701 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31702 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31704 The problems cleaned up are:
31706 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31707 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31708 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31709 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31710 SPACEs.
31711 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31712 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31713 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31714 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31716 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31717 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31718 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31719 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31720 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31721 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31722 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31723 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31725 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31726 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31727 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31729 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31730 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31731 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31732 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31733 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31734 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31735 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31736 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31738 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31739 documentation.
31741 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31743 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31744 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31746 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31748 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31750 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31751 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31753 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31754 non-nil.
31756 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31757 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31758 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31760 empty
31761 trailing
31762 indentation
31763 space-before-tab
31764 space-after-tab
31766 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31767 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31768 report problems.
31770 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31772 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31773 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31774 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31775 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31776 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31777 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31778 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31780 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31781 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31782 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31783 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31784 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31785 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31786 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31788 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31789 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31790 cleaning up these problems.
31792 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31794 ;;;***
31796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31797 ;;;;;; 586000))
31798 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31800 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31801 Browse the widget under point.
31803 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31805 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31806 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31808 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31810 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31811 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31813 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31815 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31816 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31818 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31819 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31821 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31823 ;;;***
31825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22003 64432 668146
31826 ;;;;;; 533000))
31827 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31829 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31830 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31832 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31834 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31835 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31836 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31838 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31840 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31841 Create widget of TYPE.
31842 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31844 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31846 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31847 Delete WIDGET.
31849 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31851 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31852 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31854 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31856 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31857 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31858 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31859 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31861 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31862 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31864 \(fn)" nil nil)
31866 ;;;***
31868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21852 24382 97237
31869 ;;;;;; 703000))
31870 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31872 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31873 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31874 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31875 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31876 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31877 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31878 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31882 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31883 Select the window above the current one.
31884 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31885 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31886 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31887 negative ARG) of the current window.
31888 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31890 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31892 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31893 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31894 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31895 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31896 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31897 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31898 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31900 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31902 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31903 Select the window below the current one.
31904 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31905 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31906 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31907 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31908 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31912 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31913 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31914 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31915 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31917 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31919 ;;;***
31921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22009 58952 311546 645000))
31922 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31924 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31925 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31926 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31927 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31928 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31929 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31931 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31933 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31934 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31935 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31936 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31937 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31938 \\{winner-mode-map}
31940 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31942 ;;;***
31944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22026 25907 679502 692000))
31945 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31946 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31948 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31949 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31950 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31951 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31952 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31954 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31956 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31957 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31958 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31959 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31960 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31961 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31962 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31963 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31965 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31966 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31968 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31970 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31971 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31973 \(fn)" t nil)
31975 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31976 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31977 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31978 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31979 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31980 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31981 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31982 `woman' command for further details.
31984 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31986 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31987 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31989 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31991 ;;;***
31993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21974 64192 720009 993000))
31994 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31996 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31997 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31998 Return the top node with all its children.
31999 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32001 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32002 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32003 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32005 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32007 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32008 namespace to URIs instead.
32010 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32011 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32013 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32015 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32017 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32019 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32020 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32021 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32022 not contain well-formed XML.
32024 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32025 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32026 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32027 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32028 element of the list.
32029 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32030 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32031 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32033 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32035 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32036 namespace to URIs instead.
32038 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32039 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32041 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32043 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32045 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32047 ;;;***
32049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
32050 ;;;;;; 720000))
32051 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32053 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32054 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32055 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32056 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32057 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32058 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32059 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32060 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32061 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32062 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32064 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32066 ;;;***
32068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21993 28596 366597
32069 ;;;;;; 473000))
32070 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32072 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32073 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32075 \(fn)" t nil)
32077 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32078 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32080 \(fn)" nil nil)
32082 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32083 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32084 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32085 prompt for it.
32087 If the backend has sufficient information to determine a unique
32088 definition for IDENTIFIER, it returns only that definition. If
32089 there are multiple possible definitions, it returns all of them.
32091 If the backend returns one definition, jump to it; otherwise,
32092 display the list in a buffer.
32094 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32096 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32097 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32099 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32101 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32102 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32104 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32106 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32107 Find references to the identifier at point.
32108 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32110 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32112 (autoload 'xref-find-regexp "xref" "\
32113 Find all matches for REGEXP.
32114 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
32115 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
32117 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32119 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32120 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32121 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32123 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32124 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32125 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32126 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32127 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32128 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32129 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32131 ;;;***
32133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21852 24382 117243
32134 ;;;;;; 951000))
32135 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32137 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32138 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32139 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32140 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32141 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32142 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32144 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32146 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32147 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32148 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32149 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32150 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32152 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32153 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32154 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32155 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32156 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32157 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32159 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32161 ;;;***
32163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32164 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32166 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32167 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32169 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32171 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32172 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32174 \(fn)" nil nil)
32176 ;;;***
32178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32179 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32181 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32182 Zone out, completely.
32184 \(fn)" t nil)
32186 ;;;***
32188 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32374 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32375 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32376 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32377 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32378 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32379 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32380 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32381 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32382 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32383 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32384 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32385 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32386 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32387 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32388 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32389 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32390 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32391 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32392 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32393 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32394 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32395 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32396 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32397 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32398 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32399 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32400 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32401 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32402 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22026 26004 435502 692000))
32404 ;;;***
32406 (provide 'loaddefs)
32407 ;; Local Variables:
32408 ;; version-control: never
32409 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32410 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32411 ;; coding: utf-8
32412 ;; End:
32413 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here